Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance...

137
Relion ® 670 series Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide

Transcript of Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance...

Page 1: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Relion® 670 series

Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IECProduct guide

Page 2: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Contents

1. Application..................................................................... 3

2. Available functions........................................................11

3. Differential protection....................................................23

4. Impedance protection...................................................24

5. Current protection........................................................ 29

6. Voltage protection........................................................ 31

7. Frequency protection....................................................32

8. Multipurpose protection................................................32

9. Secondary system supervision..................................... 33

10. Control........................................................................ 33

11. Scheme communication..............................................35

12. Logic...........................................................................37

13. Monitoring...................................................................39

14. Metering......................................................................41

15. Human machine interface............................................42

16. Basic IED functions..................................................... 42

17. Station communication ...............................................42

18. Remote communication.............................................. 43

19. Hardware description.................................................. 43

20. Connection diagrams.................................................. 46

21. Technical data............................................................. 47

22. Ordering for customized IED......................................118

23. Ordering for pre-configured IED.................................127

24. Ordering for Accessories........................................... 132

Disclaimer

The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by ABB. ABB assumes no responsibility for any

errors that may appear in this document. Drawings and diagrams are not binding.

© Copyright 2016 ABB.

All rights reserved.

Trademarks

ABB and Relion are registered trademarks of the ABB Group. All other brand or product names mentioned in this document may be trademarks or registered

trademarks of their respective holders.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IECProduct version: 2.1

2 ABB

Page 3: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

1. ApplicationM13636-3 v12

Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristicsis available. The full scheme distance protection providesprotection of power lines with high sensitivity and lowrequirement on remote end communication. The six zoneshave fully independent measuring and setting which giveshigh flexibility for all types of lines. Load encroachment andadaptive reach compensation are included.

The modern technical solution offers fast operating time oftypically less than one cycle.

The IED also includes an alternative for use on impedanceearthed or isolated networks. It includes phase preferencelogic to select and trip only one line at cross-country faults.

The autorecloser for single-, two-, and/or three-phasetripping and autoreclosing includes priority features for multi-breaker arrangements. It co-operates with the synchrocheckfunction with high-speed or delayed reclosing.

A high impedance differential protection can be used toprotect T-feeders or line reactors.

High set instantaneous phase and earth overcurrent, fourstep directional or non-directional delayed phase and earthovercurrent, sensitive earth fault for not direct earthedsystems, thermal overload and two step under andovervoltage protection are examples of the available functionsallowing the user to fulfill any application requirement.

The distance phase and earth fault protection, and thedirectional earth overcurrent protection can communicatewith remote end in any teleprotection communicationscheme. With the included remote communication, followingthe IEEE C37.94 standard, 6 x 32 channels for intertrip andbinary signals are available per LDCM communication modulein the communication between the IEDs.

The IED can also be provided with full bay control andinterlocking functionality including co-operation with thesynchrocheck function to allow integration of the main orback-up control.

Out of Step function is available to separate power systemsections close to electrical centre at occurring out of step.

The IED can be used in applications with IEC 61850-9-2LEprocess bus with up to six merging units (MU) depending onother functionality included in the IED. Each MU has eightanalogue channels, normally four currents and four voltages.Conventional and Merging Unit channels can be mixed freelyin the application.

Logic is prepared with a graphical tool. The advanced logiccapability allows special applications such as automatic

opening of disconnectors in multi-breaker arrangements,closing of breaker rings, load transfer logics and so on. Thegraphical configuration tool with delay mode, ensures simpleand fast testing and commissioning.

Disturbance recorder and fault locator are available to allowindependent post-fault analysis after primary disturbances.

Forcing of binary inputs and outputs is a convenient way totest wiring in substations as well as testing configuration logicin the IEDs. Basically it means that all binary inputs andoutputs on the IED I/O modules (BOM, BIM, IOM & SOM) canbe forced to arbitrary values.

Central Account Management is an authenticationinfrastructure that offers a secure solution for enforcingaccess control to IEDs and other systems within a substation.This incorporates management of user accounts, roles andcertificates and the distribution of such, a procedurecompletely transparent to the user.

Flexible Product Naming allows the customer to use an IED-vendor independent 61850 model of the IED. This customermodel will be used as the IEC 61850 data model, but all otheraspects of the IED will remain unchanged (e.g., names on thelocal HMI and names in the tools). This offers significantflexibility to adapt the IED to the customers system andstandard solution

M11788-3 v10

Communication via optical connections ensures immunityagainst disturbances.

SEMOD51220-5 v13

Five packages have been defined for following applications:

• Single-breaker (double or single bus) with three phasetripping for high ohmic and resonance earthed systems(A21)

• Single-breaker (double or single bus) with three phasetripping (A31)

• Single-breaker (double or single bus) with single phasetripping (A32)

• Multi-breaker (one-and a half or ring) with three phasetripping (B31)

• Multi-breaker (one-and a half or ring) with single phasetripping (B32)

Optional functions are not configured but a maximumconfiguration with all optional functions are available astemplate in the graphical configuration tool. Analog inputsand binary input/output signals are pre-defined for basic use.Other signals may be required by each particular application.

Add binary I/O boards as required for the application whenordering.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1 Issued: June 2017

Revision: D

ABB 3

Page 4: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Description of configuration A21SEMOD172515-5 v5

QB1 QB2

QA1

QB9

QC9

WA1

WA2REL670 A21 – Single Breaker with three phase tripping for high

ohmic and resonance earthed systems 12AI (6I+6U)

ZCLC PSCH

85

67N

SDE PSDE

IN>

OC4 PTOC

51_67 4(3I>)

LC PTTR

26 θ>

BRC PTOC

46 Iub>

PH PIOC

50 3I>>

CC RBRF

50BF 3I>BF

Other Functions available from the function library

ROV2 PTOV

59N 2(U0>)

EF4 PTOC

51N_67N 4(IN>)

EF PIOC

50N IN>>

ZMCA PDIS

21 Z<

VN MMXU

MET UN

VN MMXU

MET UN

Optional Functions

S SIMG

63

ZC PSCH

85

ZCRW PSCH

85

S SIML

71

Q CBAY

3 Control

WA2_VT

WA1_VT

LINE_CT

LINE_VT

SMP PTRC

94 1->0

SMB RREC

79 5(0→1)

SMP PTRC

94 1→0

SES RSYN

25 SC/VC

ZCV PSOF

LOV PTUV

27 3U<

V MSQI

MET Usqi

VN MMXU

MET UN

DRP RDRE

DFR/SER DR

V MMXU

MET U

LMB RFLO

21FL FL

PPL PHIZ ZD RDIR

21D Z<_>

FDPS PDIS

21

ZMQ PDIS

21 Z<

ZMQ PDIS

21 3Z<

ZMQ PDIS

21 3Z<

ZMQ PDIS

21 3Z<

ZMQA PDIS

21 Z<

FUF SPVC

U>/I<

C MMXU

MET I

C MSQI

MET Isqi

CV MMXN

MET P/Q

ETP MMTR

MET W/Varh

S CILO

3 Control

S CSWI

3 Control

S SCBR

VD SPVC

60 Ud>

CV GAPC

2(I>/U<)

S XCBR

3 Control

Q CRSV

3 Control

S XSWI

3 Control

UV2 PTUV

27 2(3U<)

OV2 PTOV

59 2(3U>)

IEC07000013-4-en.vsd

IEC07000013 V4 EN-US

Figure 1. Configuration diagram for configuration A21

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

4 ABB

Page 5: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Description of configuration A31M15202-3 v5

QB1 QB2

QA1

QB9

QC9

WA1

WA2REL670 A31 – Single breaker with three phase tripping

12AI (6I+6U)

CC RBRF

50BF 3I>BF

26

LC PTTR

θ>

OC4 PTOC

51_67 4(3I>)

EF4 PTOC

51N_67N 4(IN>)

EF PIOC

50N IN>>

PH PIOC

50 3I>>

BRC PTOC

46 Iub>

Other Functions available from the function library

CC PDSC

52PD PD

S CILO

3 Control

S CSWI

3 Control

ROV2 PTOV

59N 2(U0>)

CCS SPVC

87 INd/I

VDC PTOV

60 Ud>

NS4 PTOC

46I2 4(I2>)

HZ PDIF

87 Id>

CV GAPC

2(I>/U<)

VN MMXU

MET UN

VN MMXU

MET UN

Optional Functions

S SIMG

63

ZCLC PSCH S SIML

71

Q CBAY

3 Control

Q CRSV

3 Control

S XCBR

3 Control

S XSWI

3 Control

WA2_VT

WA1_VT

LINE_CT

LINE_VT

SMP PTRC

94 1->0

SMB RREC

79 5(0→1)

SMP PTRC

94 1→0

SES RSYN

25 SC/VC

UV2 PTUV

27 2(3U<)

V MSQI

MET Usqi

VN MMXU

MET UN

V MMXU

MET U

LMB RFLO

21FL FL

EC PSCH

85

ZCRW PSCH

85

ZC PSCH

85

ZM RPSB

68 Zpsb

ZMF PDIS

21 Z<

ZCV PSOF FUF SPVC

U>/I<

SDE PSDE

67N IN>

GUP PDUP

37 P<

PSL PSCH

Zpsl

VD SPVC

60 Ud>

OEX PVPH

24 U/f>

GOP PDOP

32 P>

SA PFRC

81 df/dt<>

SA PTOF

81 f>

SA PTUF

81 f>

PSP PPAM

78 Ucos

OOS PPAM

78 Ucos

S SCBR

DRP RDRE

DFR/SER DR

OV2 PTOV

59 2(3U>)

ECRW PSCH

85

LOV PTUV

27 3U<

C MMXU

MET I

C MSQI

MET Isqi

ETP MMTR

MET W/Varh

CV MMXN

MET P/Q

IEC05000846 V4 EN-US

Figure 2. Configuration diagram for configuration A31

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 5

Page 6: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Description of configuration A32M15202-24 v5

QB1 QB2

QA1

QB9

QC9

WA1

WA2REL670 A32 – Single breaker with single phase tripping

12AI (6I+6U)

CC RBRF

50BF 3I>BF

26

LC PTTR

θ>

OC4 PTOC

51_67 4(3I>)

EF4 PTOC

51N_67N 4(IN>)

EF PIOC

50N IN>>

PH PIOC

50 3I>>

BRC PTOC

46 Iub>

Other Functions available from the function library

S CILO

3 Control

S CSWI

3 Control

ROV2 PTOV

59N 2(U0>)

CCS SPVC

87 INd/I

VDC PTOV

60 Ud>

NS4 PTOC

46I2 4(I2>)

HZ PDIF

87 Id>

CV GAPC

2(I>/U<)

VN MMXU

MET UN

VN MMXU

MET UN

Optional Functions

S SIMG

63

ZCLC PSCH S SIML

71

Q CBAY

3 Control

Q CRSV

3 Control

S XCBR

3 Control

S XSWI

3 Control

WA2_VT

WA1_VT

LINE_CT

LINE_VT

SMP PTRC

94 1->0

SMB RREC

79 5(0→1)

SMP PTRC

94 1→0

SES RSYN

25 SC/VC

UV2 PTUV

27 2(3U<)

V MSQI

MET Usqi

VN MMXU

MET UN

V MMXU

MET U

LMB RFLO

21FL FL

EC PSCH

85

ZCRW PSCH

85

ZC PSCH

85

ZM RPSB

68 Zpsb

ZMF PDIS

21 Z<

ZCV PSOF FUF SPVC

U>/I<

SDE PSDE

67N IN>

GUP PDUP

37 P<

PSL PSCH

Zpsl

VD SPVC

60 Ud>

OEX PVPH

24 U/f>

GOP PDOP

32 P>

SA PFRC

81 df/dt<>

SA PTOF

81 f>

SA PTUF

81 f>

PSP PPAM

78 Ucos

OOS PPAM

78 Ucos

S SCBR

DRP RDRE

DFR/SER DR

OV2 PTOV

59 2(3U>)

ECRW PSCH

85

LOV PTUV

27 3U<

C MMXU

MET I

C MSQI

MET Isqi

ETP MMTR

MET W/Varh

CV MMXN

MET P/Q

ZC1P PSCH

85

ZC1W PSCH

85

CC PDSC

52PD PD

IEC05000844 V4 EN-US

Figure 3. Configuration diagram for configuration A32

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

6 ABB

Page 7: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Description of configuration B31M15202-46 v5

QB1

WA1_QB6

LINE1_QB9

QB61

QB62

LINE2_QB9

WA2_QB6

WA1_QA1

TIE_QA1

REL670 B31 – Multi Breaker with Three phase tripping

12AI (6I+6U)

VN MMXU

MET UN

LMB RFLO

21FL FL

ETP MMTR

MET W/Varh

QB2

WA2_QA1

ZMF PDIS

21 Z<

V MSQI

MET Usqi

STB PTOC

50STB3I>STB

C MSQI

MET Isqi

BRC PTOC

46 Iub>

LC PTTR

26 3I>STBθ>

EF PIOC

50N IN>>

Other Functions available from the function library

SA PTUF

81 f<

SA PFRC

81 f<

GUP PDUP

37 P<

NS4 PTOC

46I2 4(I2>)

CV GAPC

2(I>/U<)

VD SPVC

60 Ud>

SA PTOF

81 f>

Optional Functions

ROV2 PTOV

59N 2(U0>)

VDC PTOV

60 Ud>

PSP PPAM

78 Ucos

GOP PDOP

32 P>

ZM RPSB

68 Zpsb

UV2 PTUV

27 2(3U<)

V MMXU

MET U

CV MMXN

MET P/Q

CCS SPVC

87 INd/I

OEX PVPH

24 U/f>

ZCLC PSCH

SDE PSDE

67N IN>

HZ PDIF

87 Id>

SA PFRC

81 df/dt<>

OOS PPAM

78 Ucos

S SCBR

PSL PSCH

Zpsl

ZC PSCH

85

SMB RREC

79 0→1

SMP PTRC

94 1→0

SES RSYN

25 SC

SMB RREC

79 5(0→1)

SMP PTRC

94 1→0

SES RSYN

25 SC/VC

FUF SPVC

U>/I<

Σ

CC PDSC

52PD PD

S CILO

3 Control

S SIML

71

Q CBAY

3 Control

S CSWI

3 Control

Q CRSV

3 Control

S XSWI

3 Control

S XCBR

3 Control

S SIMG

63

CC RBRF

50BF 3I>BF

CC RBRF

50BF 3I>BF

ZCV PSOF

PH PIOC

50 3I>>

EF4 PTOC

51N_67N 4(IN>)

OC4 PTOC

51_67 4(3I>)

C MMXU

MET I

OV2 PTOV

59 2(3U>)

EC PSCH

85

LOV PTUV

27 3U<

ECRW PSCH

85

VN MMXU

MET UN

VN MMXU

MET UN

VN MMXU

MET UN

WA1

WA1_VT

WA1_CT

TIE_CT

LINE1_VT

WA2

WA2_VT

LINE2_VT

ZCRW PSCH

85

DRP RDRE

DFR/SER DR

IEC05000847 V4 EN-US

Figure 4. Configuration diagram for configuration B31

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 7

Page 8: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Description of configuration B32M15202-65 v6

QB1

WA1_QB6

LINE1_QB9

QB61

QB62

LINE2_QB9

WA2_QB6

WA1_QA1

TIE_QA1

REL670 B32 – Multi breaker with single phase tripping 12AI (6I+6U)

VN MMXU

MET UN

LMB RFLO

21FL FL

ETP MMTR

MET W/Varh

QB2

WA2_QA1

ZMF PDIS

21 Z<

V MSQI

MET Usqi

STB PTOC

50STB 3I>STBC MSQI

MET IsqiBRC PTOC

46 Iub>LC PTTR

26 3I>STB?>

EF PIOC

50N IN>>

Other Functions available from the function library

SA PTUF

81 f<SA PFRC

81 f<

GUP PDUP

37 P<NS4 PTOC

46I2 4(I2>)CV GAPC

2(I>/U<)

VD SPVC

60 Ud>SA PTOF

81 f>

Optional Functions

ROV2 PTOV

59N 2(U0>)VDC PTOV

60 Ud>

PSP PPAM

78 Ucos

GOP PDOP

32 P>

ZM RPSB

68 Zpsb

UV2 PTUV

27 2(3U<)V MMXU

MET U

CV MMXN

MET P/Q

CCS SPVC

87 INd/I

OEX PVPH

24 U/f>

ZCLC PSCH

SDE PSDE

67N IN>HZ PDIF

87 Id>

SA PFRC

81 df/dt<>

OOS PPAM

78 UcosS SCBR

PSL PSCH

Zpsl

ZC PSCH

85

SMB RREC

79 0? 1SMP PTRC

94 1? 0SES RSYN

25 SC

SMB RREC

79 5(0? 1)

SMP PTRC

94 1? 0SES RSYN

25 SC/VC

FUF SPVC

U>/I<

SCC PDSC

52PD PD

S CILO

3 Control

S SIML

71

Q CBAY

3 Control

S CSWI

3 Control

Q CRSV

3 Control

S XSWI

3 Control

S XCBR

3 Control

S SIMG

63

CC RBRF

50BF 3I>BF

CC RBRF

50BF 3I>BF

ZCV PSOF

PH PIOC

50 3I>>EF4 PTOC

51N_67N 4(IN>)OC4 PTOC

51_67 4(3I>)

C MMXU

MET I

OV2 PTOV

59 2(3U>)

EC PSCH

85LOV PTUV

27 3U<ECRW PSCH

85

VN MMXU

MET UN

VN MMXU

MET UN

VN MMXU

MET UN

WA1

WA1_VT

WA1_CT

TIE_CT

LINE1_VT

WA2

WA2_VT

LINE2_VT

ZCRW PSCH

85

DRP RDRE

DFR/SER DR

CC PDSC

52PD PD

ZC1P PSCH

85ZC1W PSCH

85

IEC05000845 V4 EN-US

Figure 5. Configuration diagram for configuration B32

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

8 ABB

Page 9: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

SEMOD51303-4 v6

Z <55

SC/VCO->I

3I>44

IN>44

I->O

CLOSE

TRIP

BUS A

BUS B

21

51/67

51N/67N

79 25

94/86

3I>50BF

TRIP BUSBAR

en05000276.vsd

3U>59

3U<27

2

22

2

IEC05000276-1 V1 EN-US

Figure 6. The single breaker packages for single- and three phase tripping typical arrangement for one protection sub-system is shownhere.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 9

Page 10: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Z <55

SC/VCO->I

3I>44

IN>44

3U>22

3U<22

I->O

CLOSE

TRIP

BUS A

21

51/67

51N/67N

59

27

79 25

94/86

3I>50BF

TRIP BUSBAR & CB2

3I>50BF

S

SC/VCO->I

I->O CLO

SE

TRIP

25

94/86

79

IEC05000317-2-en.vsd

TRIP

CB1/3

CB1

CB2

IEC05000317 V2 EN-US

Figure 7. The multi breaker packages for single- and three phase tripping typical arrangement for one protection sub-system is shown here.Auto-reclose, Synchrocheck and Breaker failure functions are included for each of the two breakers.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

10 ABB

Page 11: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

2. Available functions

Main protection functionsGUID-66BAAD98-851D-4AAC-B386-B38B57718BD2 v12

Table 1. Example of quantities

2 = number of basic instances0-3 = option quantities3-A03 = optional function included in packages A03 (refer to ordering details)

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 11

Page 12: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

IEC 61850 ANSI Function description Line Distance

REL670(Customized)

RE

L670

(A21

)

RE

L670

(A31

)

RE

L670

(B31

)

RE

L670

(A32

)

RE

L670

(B32

)

Differential protection

HZPDIF 87 1Ph high impedance differential protection 0-3 3-A02 3-A02 3-A02 3-A02

LDRGFC 11REL Additional security logic for differentialprotection

0-1

Impedance protection

ZMQPDIS,ZMQAPDIS

21 Distance protection zone, quadrilateralcharacteristic

1-5 5

ZDRDIR 21D Directional impedance quadrilateral 1-2 1

ZMCAPDIS 21 Additional distance measuring zone,quadrilateral characteristic

1

ZMCPDIS,ZMCAPDIS

21 Distance measuring zone, quadrilateralcharacteristic for series compensated lines

1-5

ZDSRDIR 21D Directional impedance quadrilateral,including series compensation

1-2

FDPSPDIS 21 Phase selection, quadrilateralcharacteristic with fixed angle

2 2

ZMHPDIS 21 Fullscheme distance protection, mhocharacteristic

1-5

ZMMPDIS,ZMMAPDIS

21 Fullscheme distance protection,quadrilateral for earth faults

1-5

ZDMRDIR 21D Directional impedance element for mhocharacteristic

1-2

ZDARDIR Additional distance protection directionalfunction for earth faults

1-2

ZSMGAPC Mho impedance supervision logic 1

FMPSPDIS 21 Faulty phase identification with loadenchroachment

2

ZMRPDIS,ZMRAPDIS

21 Distance protection zone, quadrilateralcharacteristic, separate settings

1-5

FRPSPDIS 21 Phase selection, quadrilateralcharacteristic with fixed angle

2

ZMFPDIS 21 High speed distance protection 1 1 1 1 1

ZMFCPDIS 21 High speed distance protection for seriescompensated lines

1

ZMRPSB 68 Power swing detection 0-1 1 1 1 1

PSLPSCH Power swing logic 0-1 1-B03 1-B03 1-B03 1-B03

PSPPPAM 78 Pole slip/out-of-step protection 0-2 1-B22 1-B22 1-B22 1-B22

OOSPPAM 78 Out-of-step protection 0–1 1-B22 1-B22 1-B22 1-B22

ZCVPSOF Automatic switch onto fault logic, voltageand current based

1 1 1 1 1 1

PPLPHIZ Phase preference logic 0-1 1

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

12 ABB

Page 13: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Back-up protection functionsGUID-A8D0852F-807F-4442-8730-E44808E194F0 v10.1.1

IEC 61850 ANSI Function description Line Distance

REL670(Customized)

RE

L670

(A21

)

RE

L670

(A31

)

RE

L670

(B31

)

RE

L670

(A32

)

RE

L670

(B32

)

Current protection

PHPIOC 50 Instantaneous phase overcurrentprotection

0-3 1 1 1 1 1

OC4PTOC 51_671) Four step phase overcurrent protection 0-3 1 1 1 1 1

EFPIOC 50N Instantaneous residual overcurrentprotection

0-3 1 1 1 1 1

EF4PTOC 51N67N2)

Four step residual overcurrent protection 0-3 1 1 1 1 1

NS4PTOC 46I2 Four step directional negative phasesequence overcurrent protection

0-2 1-C41 1-C41 1-C41 1-C41

SDEPSDE 67N Sensitive directional residual overcurrentand power protection

0-1 1 1-C16 1-C16 1-C16 1-C16

LCPTTR 26 Thermal overload protection, one timeconstant, Celsius

0–2 1 1 1 1 1

LFPTTR 26 Thermal overload protection, one timeconstant, Fahrenheit

0–2 1 1 1 1 1

CCRBRF 50BF Breaker failure protection 0-2 1 1 2 1 2

STBPTOC 50STB Stub protection 0-1 1 1

CCPDSC 52PD Pole discordance protection 0-2 1 2 1 2

GUPPDUP 37 Directional underpower protection 0-2 1-C17 1-C17 1-C17 1-C17

GOPPDOP 32 Directional overpower protection 0-2 1-C17 1-C17 1-C17 1-C17

BRCPTOC 46 Broken conductor check 1 1 1 1 1 1

VRPVOC 51V Voltage restrained overcurrent protection 0-3

Voltage protection

UV2PTUV 27 Two step undervoltage protection 0-2 1 1 1 1 1

OV2PTOV 59 Two step overvoltage protection 0-2 1 1 1 1 1

ROV2PTOV 59N Two step residual overvoltage protection 0-2 1 1 1 1 1

OEXPVPH 24 Overexcitation protection 0-1 1-D03 1-D03 1-D03 1-D03

VDCPTOV 60 Voltage differential protection 0-2 2 2 2 2

LOVPTUV 27 Loss of voltage check 1 1 1 1 1 1

PAPGAPC 27 Radial feeder protection 0-1

Frequency protection

SAPTUF 81 Underfrequency protection 0-6 2-E02 2-E02 2-E02 2-E02 2-E02

SAPTOF 81 Overfrequency protection 0-6 2-E02 2-E02 2-E02 2-E02 2-E02

SAPFRC 81 Rate-of-change frequency protection 0-6 2-E02 2-E02 2-E02 2-E02 2-E02

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 13

Page 14: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

IEC 61850 ANSI Function description Line Distance

REL670(Customized)

RE

L670

(A21

)

RE

L670

(A31

)

RE

L670

(B31

)

RE

L670

(A32

)

RE

L670

(B32

)

Multipurpose protection

CVGAPC General current and voltage protection 0-4 1 4-F01 4-F01 4-F01 4-F01

General calculation

SMAIHPAC Multipurpose filter 0-6

1) 67 requires voltage2) 67N requires voltage

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

14 ABB

Page 15: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Control and monitoring functionsGUID-E3777F16-0B76-4157-A3BF-0B6B978863DE v12.1.1

IEC 61850 ANSI Function description Line Distance

REL670

RE

L670

(A21

)

RE

L670

(A31

)

RE

L670

(B31

)

RE

L670

(A32

)

RE

L670

(B32

)

Control

SESRSYN 25 Synchrocheck, energizing check andsynchronizing

0-2 1 1 2 1 2

SMBRREC 79 Autorecloser 0-4 1 1B, 1-H04

2B, 2-H05

1B, 1-H04

2B, 2-H05

APC10 3 Apparatus control for single bay, max 10apparatuses (1CB) incl. interlocking

0-1 1-H27 1-H27 1-H27

APC15 3 Apparatus control for single bay, max 15apparatuses (2CBs) incl. interlocking

0-1 1-H08 1-H08

QCBAY Apparatus control 1 1 1 1 1 1

LOCREM Handling of LRswitch positions 1 1 1 1 1 1

LOCREMCTRL LHMI control of PSTO 1 1 1 1 1 1

SLGAPC Logic rotating switch for functionselection and LHMI presentation

15 15 15 15 15 15

VSGAPC Selector mini switch 20 20 20 20 20 20

DPGAPC Generic communication function forDouble Point indication

16 16 16 16 16 16

SPC8GAPC Single point generic control 8 signals 5 5 5 5 5 5

AUTOBITS AutomationBits, command function forDNP3.0

3 3 3 3 3 3

SINGLECMD Single command, 16 signals 4 4 4 4 4 4

I103CMD Function commands for IEC 60870-5-103 1 1 1 1 1 1

I103GENCMD Function commands generic for IEC60870-5-103

50 50 50 50 50 50

I103POSCMD IED commands with position and selectfor IEC 60870-5-103

50 50 50 50 50 50

I103POSCMDV IED direct commands with position forIEC 60870-5-103

50 50 50 50 50 50

I103IEDCMD IED commands for IEC 60870-5-103 1 1 1 1 1 1

I103USRCMD Function commands user defined for IEC60870-5-103

4 4 4 4 4 4

Secondary systemsupervision

CCSSPVC 87 Current circuit supervision 0-2 1 2 1 2

FUFSPVC Fuse failure supervision 0-3 1 3 3 3 3

VDSPVC 60 Fuse failure supervision based on voltagedifference

0-2 1-G03 1-G03 1-G03 1-G03 1-G03

Logic

SMPPTRC 94 Tripping logic 6 6 6 6 6 6

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 15

Page 16: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

IEC 61850 ANSI Function description Line Distance

REL670

RE

L670

(A21

)

RE

L670

(A31

)

RE

L670

(B31

)

RE

L670

(A32

)

RE

L670

(B32

)

TMAGAPC Trip matrix logic 12 12 12 12 12 12

ALMCALH Logic for group alarm 5 5 5 5 5 5

WRNCALH Logic for group warning 5 5 5 5 5 5

INDCALH Logic for group indication 5 5 5 5 5 5

AND, GATE, INV,LLD, OR,PULSETIMER,RSMEMORY,SRMEMORY,TIMERSET, XOR

Basic configurable logic blocks (seeTable 2)

40-420 40-420 40-420 40-420 40-420 40-420

ANDQT,INDCOMBSPQT,INDEXTSPQT,INVALIDQT,INVERTERQT,ORQT,PULSETIMERQT,RSMEMORYQT,SRMEMORYQT,TIMERSETQT,XORQT

Configurable logic blocks Q/T (see Table3)

0–1

AND, GATE, INV,LLD, OR,PULSETIMER,SLGAPC,SRMEMORY,TIMERSET,VSGAPC, XOR

Extension logic package (see Table 4) 0–1

FXDSIGN Fixed signal function block 1 1 1 1 1 1

B16I Boolean 16 to Integer conversion 18 18 18 18 18 18

BTIGAPC Boolean 16 to Integer conversion withLogic Node representation

16 16 16 16 16 16

IB16 Integer to Boolean 16 conversion 18 18 18 18 18 18

ITBGAPC Integer to Boolean 16 conversion withLogic Node representation

16 16 16 16 16 16

TEIGAPC Elapsed time integrator with limittransgression and overflow supervision

12 12 12 12 12 12

INTCOMP Comparator for integer inputs 12 12 12 12 12 12

REALCOMP Comparator for real inputs 12 12 12 12 12 12

Monitoring

CVMMXN,VMMXU, CMSQI,VMSQI, VNMMXU

Measurements 6 6 6 6 6 6

CMMXU Measurements 10 10 10 10 10 10

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

16 ABB

Page 17: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

IEC 61850 ANSI Function description Line Distance

REL670

RE

L670

(A21

)

RE

L670

(A31

)

RE

L670

(B31

)

RE

L670

(A32

)

RE

L670

(B32

)

AISVBAS Function block for service valuepresentation of secondary analog inputs

1 1 1 1 1 1

EVENT Event function 20 20 20 20 20 20

DRPRDRE,A1RADR-A4RADR,B1RBDR-B8RBDR

Disturbance report 1 1 1 1 1 1

SPGAPC Generic communication function forSingle Point indication

64 64 64 64 64 64

SP16GAPC Generic communication function forSingle Point indication 16 inputs

16 16 16 16 16 16

MVGAPC Generic communication function forMeasured Value

24 24 24 24 24 24

BINSTATREP Logical signal status report 3 3 3 3 3 3

RANGE_XP Measured value expander block 66 66 66 66 66 66

SSIMG 63 Gas medium supervision 21 21 21 21 21 21

SSIML 71 Liquid medium supervision 3 3 3 3 3 3

SSCBR Circuit breaker monitoring 0-6 3-M13 3-M13 6-M15 3-M13 6-M15

LMBRFLO Fault locator 1 1 1 1 1 1

I103MEAS Measurands for IEC 60870-5-103 1 1 1 1 1 1

I103MEASUSR Measurands user defined signals for IEC60870-5-103

3 3 3 3 3 3

I103AR Function status auto-recloser for IEC60870-5-103

1 1 1 1 1 1

I103EF Function status earth-fault for IEC60870-5-103

1 1 1 1 1 1

I103FLTPROT Function status fault protection for IEC60870-5-103

1 1 1 1 1 1

I103IED IED status for IEC 60870-5-103 1 1 1 1 1 1

I103SUPERV Supervison status for IEC 60870-5-103 1 1 1 1 1 1

I103USRDEF Status for user defined signals for IEC60870-5-103

20 20 20 20 20 20

L4UFCNT Event counter with limit supervision 30 30 30 30 30 30

TEILGAPC Running hour-meter 6 6 6 6 6 6

Metering

PCFCNT Pulse-counter logic 16 16 16 16 16 16

ETPMMTR Function for energy calculation anddemand handling

6 6 6 6 6 6

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 17

Page 18: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 2. Total number of instances for basic configurable logic blocks

Basic configurable logic block Total number of instances

AND 280

GATE 40

INV 420

LLD 40

OR 280

PULSETIMER 40

RSMEMORY 40

SRMEMORY 40

TIMERSET 60

XOR 40

Table 3. Total number of instances for configurable logic blocks Q/T

Configurable logic blocks Q/T Total number of instances

ANDQT 120

INDCOMBSPQT 20

INDEXTSPQT 20

INVALIDQT 22

INVERTERQT 120

ORQT 120

PULSETIMERQT 40

RSMEMORYQT 40

SRMEMORYQT 40

TIMERSETQT 40

XORQT 40

Table 4. Total number of instances for extended logic package

Extended configurable logic block Total number of instances

AND 180

GATE 49

INV 180

LLD 49

OR 180

PULSETIMER 59

SLGAPC 74

SRMEMORY 110

TIMERSET 49

VSGAPC 130

XOR 49

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

18 ABB

Page 19: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

CommunicationGUID-5F144B53-B9A7-4173-80CF-CD4C84579CB5 v12.1.1

IEC 61850 ANSI Function description Line Distance

REL670(Customized)

RE

L670

(A21

)

RE

L670

(A31

)

RE

L670

(B31

)

RE

L670

(A32

)

RE

L670

(B32

)

Station communication

LONSPA, SPA SPA communication protocol 1 1 1 1 1 1

ADE LON communication protocol 1 1 1 1 1 1

HORZCOMM Network variables via LON 1 1 1 1 1 1

PROTOCOL Operation selection between SPA and IEC60870-5-103 for SLM

1 1 1 1 1 1

RS485PROT Operation selection for RS485 1 1 1 1 1 1

RS485GEN RS485 1 1 1 1 1 1

DNPGEN DNP3.0 communication general protocol 1 1 1 1 1 1

DNPGENTCP DNP3.0 communication general TCPprotocol

1 1 1 1 1 1

CHSERRS485 DNP3.0 for EIA-485 communication protocol 1 1 1 1 1 1

CH1TCP, CH2TCP,CH3TCP, CH4TCP

DNP3.0 for TCP/IP communication protocol 1 1 1 1 1 1

CHSEROPT DNP3.0 for TCP/IP and EIA-485communication protocol

1 1 1 1 1 1

MST1TCP,MST2TCP,MST3TCP,MST4TCP

DNP3.0 for serial communication protocol 1 1 1 1 1 1

DNPFREC DNP3.0 fault records for TCP/IP and EIA-485communication protocol

1 1 1 1 1 1

IEC 61850-8-1 Parameter setting function for IEC 61850 1 1 1 1 1 1

GOOSEINTLKRCV Horizontal communication via GOOSE forinterlocking

59 59 59 59 59 59

GOOSEBINRCV GOOSE binary receive 16 16 16 16 16 16

GOOSEDPRCV GOOSE function block to receive a doublepoint value

64 64 64 64 64 64

GOOSEINTRCV GOOSE function block to receive an integervalue

32 32 32 32 32 32

GOOSEMVRCV GOOSE function block to receive ameasurand value

60 60 60 60 60 60

GOOSESPRCV GOOSE function block to receive a singlepoint value

64 64 64 64 64 64

MULTICMDRCV,MULTICMDSND

Multiple command and transmit 60/10 60/10 60/10 60/10 60/10 60/10

FRONT, LANABI,LANAB, LANCDI,LANCD

Ethernet configuration of links 1 1 1 1 1 1

GATEWAY Ethernet configuration of link one 1 1 1 1 1 1

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 19

Page 20: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

IEC 61850 ANSI Function description Line Distance

REL670(Customized)

RE

L670

(A21

)

RE

L670

(A31

)

RE

L670

(B31

)

RE

L670

(A32

)

RE

L670

(B32

)

OPTICAL103 IEC 60870-5-103 Optical serialcommunication

1 1 1 1 1 1

RS485103 IEC 60870-5-103 serial communication forRS485

1 1 1 1 1 1

AGSAL Generic security application component 1 1 1 1 1 1

LD0LLN0 IEC 61850 LD0 LLN0 1 1 1 1 1 1

SYSLLN0 IEC 61850 SYS LLN0 1 1 1 1 1 1

LPHD Physical device information 1 1 1 1 1 1

PCMACCS IED Configuration Protocol 1 1 1 1 1 1

SECALARM Component for mapping security events onprotocols such as DNP3 and IEC103

1 1 1 1 1 1

FSTACCSFSTACCSNA

Field service tool access via SPA protocolover ethernet communication

1 1 1 1 1 1

ACTIVLOG Activity logging parameters 1 1 1 1 1 1

ALTRK Service Tracking 1 1 1 1 1 1

SINGLELCCH Single ethernet port link status 1 1 1 1 1 1

PRPSTATUS Dual ethernet port link status 1 1 1 1 1 1

Process bus communication IEC 61850-9-21)

PRP IEC 62439-3 parallel redundancy protocol 0-1 1-P03 1-P03 1-P03 1-P03 1-P03

Remote communication

Binary signal transfer receive/transmit 3/3/6 3/3/6 3/3/6 3/3/6 3/3/6 3/3/6

Transmission of analog data from LDCM 1 1 1 1 1 1

Receive binary status from remote LDCM 6/3/3 6/3/3 6/3/3 6/3/3 6/3/3 6/3/3

Scheme communication

ZCPSCH 85 Scheme communication logic for distance orovercurrent protection

0-2 1 1 1 1 1

ZC1PPSCH 85 Phase segregated scheme communicationlogic for distance protection

0-2 1-B05 1-B05

ZCRWPSCH 85 Current reversal and weak-end infeed logicfor distance protection

0-2 1 1 1 1 1

ZC1WPSCH 85 Current reversal and weak-end infeed logicfor phase segregated communication

0-2 1-B05 1-B05

ZCLCPSCH Local acceleration logic 1 1 1 1 1 1

ECPSCH 85 Scheme communication logic for residualovercurrent protection

0-1 1 1 1 1

ECRWPSCH 85 Current reversal and weak-end infeed logicfor residual overcurrent protection

0-1 1 1 1 1

DTT Direct transfer trip 0-1

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

20 ABB

Page 21: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

1) Only included for 9-2LE products

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 21

Page 22: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Basic IED functionsGUID-C8F0E5D2-E305-4184-9627-F6B5864216CA v9

Table 5. Basic IED functions

IEC 61850 or functionname

Description

INTERRSIGSELFSUPEVLST Self supervision with internal event list

TIMESYNCHGEN Time synchronization module

BININPUT, SYNCHCAN,SYNCHGPS,SYNCHCMPPS,SYNCHLON,SYNCHPPH,SYNCHPPS, SNTP,SYNCHSPA

Time synchronization

TIMEZONE Time synchronization

DSTBEGIN,DSTENABLE, DSTEND

GPS time synchronization module

IRIG-B Time synchronization

SETGRPS Number of setting groups

ACTVGRP Parameter setting groups

TESTMODE Test mode functionality

CHNGLCK Change lock function

SMBI Signal matrix for binary inputs

SMBO Signal matrix for binary outputs

SMMI Signal matrix for mA inputs

SMAI1 - SMAI12 Signal matrix for analog inputs

3PHSUM Summation block 3 phase

ATHSTAT Authority status

ATHCHCK Authority check

AUTHMAN Authority management

FTPACCS FTP access with password

SPACOMMMAP SPA communication mapping

SPATD Date and time via SPA protocol

DOSFRNT Denial of service, frame rate control for front port

DOSLANAB Denial of service, frame rate control for OEM port AB

DOSLANCD Denial of service, frame rate control for OEM port CD

DOSSCKT Denial of service, socket flow control

GBASVAL Global base values for settings

PRIMVAL Primary system values

ALTMS Time master supervision

ALTIM Time management

MSTSER DNP3.0 for serial communication protocol

PRODINF Product information

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

22 ABB

Page 23: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 5. Basic IED functions, continued

IEC 61850 or functionname

Description

RUNTIME IED Runtime Comp

CAMCONFIG Central account management configuration

CAMSTATUS Central account management status

TOOLINF Tools Information component

SAFEFILECOPY Safe file copy function

Table 6. Local HMI functions

IEC 61850 or functionname

ANSI Description

LHMICTRL Local HMI signals

LANGUAGE Local human machine language

SCREEN Local HMI Local human machine screen behavior

FNKEYTY1–FNKEYTY5FNKEYMD1–FNKEYMD5

Parameter setting function for HMI in PCM600

LEDGEN General LED indication part for LHMI

OPENCLOSE_LED LHMI LEDs for open and close keys

GRP1_LED1–GRP1_LED15GRP2_LED1–GRP2_LED15GRP3_LED1–GRP3_LED15

Basic part for CP HW LED indication module

3. Differential protection

1Ph High impedance differential protection HZPDIFM13071-3 v12

The 1Ph High impedance differential protection HZPDIFfunctions can be used when the involved CT cores have thesame turns ratio and similar magnetizing characteristics. Itutilizes an external CT secondary current summation bywiring. Actually all CT secondary circuits which are involved inthe differential scheme are connected in parallel. Externalseries resistor, and a voltage dependent resistor which areboth mounted externally to the IED, are also required.

The external resistor unit shall be ordered under IEDaccessories in the Product Guide.

HZPDIF can be used to protect tee-feeders or busbars,reactors, motors, auto-transformers, capacitor banks and soon. One such function block is used for a high-impedancerestricted earth fault protection. Three such function blocksare used to form three-phase, phase-segregated differentialprotection. Several function block instances (for example, six)can be available in a single IED.

Additional security logic for differential protection LDRGFCGUID-8F918A08-E50E-4E7B-BDCA-FF0B5534B289 v3

Additional security logic for differential protection (LDRGFC)can help the security of the protection especially when thecommunication system is in abnormal status or for examplewhen there is unspecified asymmetry in the communicationlink. It helps to reduce the probability for mal-operation of theprotection. LDRGFC is more sensitive than the mainprotection logic to always release operation for all faultsdetected by the differential function. LDRGFC consists of foursub functions:

• Phase-to-phase current variation• Zero sequence current criterion• Low voltage criterion• Low current criterion

Phase-to-phase current variation takes the current samplesas input and it calculates the variation using the samplingvalue based algorithm. Phase-to-phase current variationfunction is major one to fulfill the objectives of the startupelement.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 23

Page 24: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Zero sequence criterion takes the zero sequence current asinput. It increases the security of protection during the highimpedance fault conditions.

Low voltage criterion takes the phase voltages and phase-to-phase voltages as inputs. It increases the security ofprotection when the three-phase fault occurred on the weakend side.

Low current criterion takes the phase currents as inputs andit increases the dependability during the switch onto faultcase of unloaded line.

The differential function can be allowed to trip as no load isfed through the line and protection is not working correctly.

Features:

• Startup element is sensitive enough to detect theabnormal status of the protected system

• Startup element does not influence the operation speedof main protection

• Startup element would detect the evolving faults, highimpedance faults and three phase fault on weak side

• It is possible to block the each sub function of startupelement

• Startup signal has a settable pulse time

4. Impedance protection

Distance measuring zone, quadrilateral characteristicZMQPDIS, ZMQAPDIS

M13787-3 v13

The line distance protection is an up to five (depending onproduct variant) zone full scheme protection function withthree fault loops for phase-to-phase faults and three faultloops for phase-to-earth faults for each of the independentzones. Individual settings for each zone in resistive andreactive reach gives flexibility for use as back-up protectionfor transformer connected to overhead lines and cables ofdifferent types and lengths.

ZMQPDIS together with Phase selection with loadencroachment FDPSPDIS has functionality for loadencroachment, which increases the possibility to detect highresistive faults on heavily loaded lines, as shown in figure8.

en05000034.vsd

R

X

Forwardoperation

Reverseoperation

IEC05000034 V1 EN-US

Figure 8. Typical quadrilateral distance protection zone with Phaseselection with load encroachment function FDPSPDISactivated

The independent measurement of impedance for each faultloop together with a sensitive and reliable built-in phaseselection makes the function suitable in applications withsingle-phase autoreclosing.

Built-in adaptive load compensation algorithm preventsoverreaching of zone 1 at load exporting end at phase-to-earth faults on heavily loaded power lines.

The distance protection zones can operate independently ofeach other in directional (forward or reverse) or non-directional mode. This makes them suitable, together withdifferent communication schemes, for the protection of powerlines and cables in complex network configurations, such asparallel lines, multi-terminal lines.

Distance measuring zone, quadrilateral characteristic forseries compensated lines ZMCPDIS, ZMCAPDIS

SEMOD168173-4 v10

The line distance protection is an up to five (depending onproduct variant) zone full scheme protection with three faultloops for phase-to-phase faults and three fault loops forphase-to-earth fault for each of the independent zones.Individual settings for each zone resistive and reactive reachgive flexibility for use on overhead lines and cables of differenttypes and lengths.

Quadrilateral characteristic is available.

ZMCPDIS function has functionality for load encroachmentwhich increases the possibility to detect high resistive faultson heavily loaded lines.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

24 ABB

Page 25: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

en05000034.vsd

R

X

Forwardoperation

Reverseoperation

IEC05000034 V1 EN-US

Figure 9. Typical quadrilateral distance protection zone with loadencroachment function activated

The independent measurement of impedance for each faultloop together with a sensitive and reliable built in phaseselection makes the function suitable in applications withsingle phase auto-reclosing.

Built-in adaptive load compensation algorithm for thequadrilateral function prevents overreaching of zone1 at loadexporting end at phase to earth-faults on heavily loadedpower lines.

The distance protection zones can operate, independent ofeach other, in directional (forward or reverse) or non-directional mode. This makes them suitable, together withdifferent communication schemes, for the protection of powerlines and cables in complex network configurations, such asparallel lines, multi-terminal lines.

Phase selection, quadrilateral characteristic with fixed angleFDPSPDIS

M13139-3 v8

The operation of transmission networks today is in manycases close to the stability limit. Due to environmentalconsiderations, the rate of expansion and reinforcement ofthe power system is reduced, for example, difficulties to getpermission to build new power lines. The ability to accuratelyand reliably classify the different types of fault, so that singlepole tripping and autoreclosing can be used plays animportant role in this matter. Phase selection, quadrilateralcharacteristic with fixed angle FDPSPDIS is designed toaccurately select the proper fault loop in the distance functiondependent on the fault type.

The heavy load transfer that is common in many transmissionnetworks may make fault resistance coverage difficult toachieve. Therefore, FDPSPDIS has a built-in algorithm forload encroachment, which gives the possibility to enlarge the

resistive setting of both the phase selection and themeasuring zones without interfering with the load.

The extensive output signals from the phase selection givesalso important information about faulty phase(s), which canbe used for fault analysis.

A current-based phase selection is also included. Themeasuring elements continuously measure three phasecurrents and the residual current and, compare them with theset values.

Full-scheme distance measuring, Mho characteristicZMHPDIS

SEMOD175459-4 v12

The numerical mho line distance protection is an up to five(depending on product variant) zone full scheme protection ofshort circuit and earth faults.

The zones have fully independent measuring and settings,which gives high flexibility for all types of lines. Each zone isan individual function block available for independentconfiguration in ACT.

The IED can be used up to the highest voltage levels. It issuitable for the protection of heavily loaded lines and multi-terminal lines where the requirement for tripping is one-, two-and/or three-pole.

The independent measurement of impedance for each faultloop together with a sensitive and reliable phase selectionmakes the function suitable in applications with single phaseautoreclosing.

Built-in selectable zone timer logic is also provided in thefunction.

Adaptive load compensation algorithm prevents overreachingat phase-to-earth faults on heavily loaded power lines, seeFigure 10.

Load compensation algorithm prevents overreaching atphase-to-earth faults on heavily loaded power lines, seeFigure 10. This Load encroachment characteristic is takenfrom the FMPSPDIS function.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 25

Page 26: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

IEC07000117-2-en.vsd

jX

Operation area Operation area

R

Operation area

No operation area No operation area

IEC07000117 V2 EN-US

Figure 10. Load encroachment influence on the offset mhocharacteristic

The distance protection zones can operate, independent ofeach other, in directional (forward or reverse) or non-directional mode (offset). This makes them suitable, togetherwith different communication schemes, for the protection ofpower lines and cables in complex network configurations,such as parallel lines, multi-terminal lines and so on.

The integrated control and monitoring functions offer effectivesolutions for operating and monitoring all types oftransmission and sub-transmission lines.

Full-scheme distance protection, quadrilateral for earth faultsZMMPDIS, ZMMAPDIS

SEMOD154544-4 v7

The line distance protection is an up to five (depending onproduct variant) zone full scheme protection function withthree fault loops for phase-to-earth fault for each of theindependent zones. Individual settings for each zone resistiveand reactive reach give flexibility for use on overhead linesand cables of different types and lengths.

The Full-scheme distance protection, quadrilateral for earthfault functions have functionality for load encroachment,which increases the possibility to detect high resistive faultson heavily loaded lines , see Figure 11.

en05000034.vsd

R

X

Forwardoperation

Reverseoperation

IEC05000034 V1 EN-US

Figure 11. Typical quadrilateral distance protection zone withPhase selection, quadrilateral characteristic withsettable angle function FRPSPDIS activated

The independent measurement of impedance for each faultloop together with a sensitive and reliable built in phaseselection makes the function suitable in applications withsingle phase auto-reclosing.

The distance protection zones can operate, independent ofeach other, in directional (forward or reverse) or non-directional mode. This makes them suitable, together withdifferent communication schemes, for the protection of powerlines and cables in complex network configurations, such asparallel lines, multi-terminal lines.

Directional impedance element for Mho characteristicZDMRDIR

SEMOD175532-4 v2

The phase-to-earth impedance elements can be optionallysupervised by a phase unselective directional function (phaseunselective, because it is based on symmetrical components).

Mho impedance supervision logic ZSMGAPCSEMOD153843-5 v3

The Mho impedance supervision logic (ZSMGAPC) includesfeatures for fault inception detection and high SIR detection.It also includes the functionality for loss of potential logic aswell as for the pilot channel blocking scheme.

ZSMGAPC can mainly be decomposed in two different parts:

1. A fault inception detection logic2. High SIR detection logic

Faulty phase identification with load encroachmentFMPSPDIS

SEMOD153825-5 v7

The ability to accurately and reliably classify different types offault so that single phase tripping and autoreclosing can beused plays an important roll in today's power systems.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

26 ABB

Page 27: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

The phase selection function is design to accurately selectthe proper fault loop(s) in the distance function dependent onthe fault type.

The heavy load transfer that is common in many transmissionnetworks may in some cases interfere with the distanceprotection zone reach and cause unwanted operation.Therefore the function has a built in algorithm for loadencroachment, which gives the possibility to enlarge theresistive setting of the measuring zones without interferingwith the load.

The output signals from the phase selection function produceimportant information about faulty phase(s), which can beused for fault analysis as well.

Distance protection zone, quadrilateral characteristic,separate settings ZMRPDIS, ZMRAPDIS

GUID-014501E7-EE0D-440F-8DC8-C44B848E49D3 v2

The line distance protection is up to five zone full schemeprotection with three fault loops for phase-to-phase faults andthree fault loops for phase-to-earth fault for each of theindependent zones. Individual settings for each zone inresistive and reactive reach gives flexibility for use as back-upprotection for transformer connected to overhead lines andcables of different types and lengths.

Mho alternative quadrilateral characteristic is available.

ZMRPDIS together with Phase selection, quadrilateralcharacteristic with settable angle FRPSPDIS has functionalityfor load encroachment, which increases the possibility todetect high resistive faults on heavily loaded lines, as shownin figure 12.

en05000034.vsd

R

X

Forwardoperation

Reverseoperation

IEC05000034 V1 EN-US

Figure 12. Typical quadrilateral distance protection zone withPhase selection, quadrilateral characteristic withsettable angle function FRPSPDIS activated

The independent measurement of impedance for each faultloop together with a sensitive and reliable built-in phase

selection makes the function suitable in applications withsingle pole tripping and autoreclosing.

Built-in adaptive load compensation algorithm preventsoverreaching of zone 1 at load exporting end at phase-to-earth faults on heavily loaded power lines.

The distance protection zones can operate, independent ofeach other, in directional (forward or reverse) or non-directional mode. This makes them suitable, together withdifferent communication schemes, for the protection of powerlines and cables in complex network configurations, such asparallel lines, multi-terminal lines and so on.

Phase selection, quadrilateral characteristic with settableangle FRPSPDIS

GUID-09D0E480-C003-424E-BECD-A82BCB0052CD v1

The operation of transmission networks today is in manycases close to the stability limit. Due to environmentalconsiderations, the rate of expansion and reinforcement ofthe power system is reduced for example, difficulties to getpermission to build new power lines. The ability to accuratelyand reliably classify the different types of fault, so that singlepole tripping and autoreclosing can be used plays animportant role in this matter. The phase selection function isdesigned to accurately select the proper fault loop in thedistance function dependent on the fault type.

The heavy load transfer that is common in many transmissionnetworks may make fault resistance coverage difficult toachieve. Therefore, the function has a built in algorithm forload encroachment, which gives the possibility to enlarge theresistive setting of both the phase selection and themeasuring zones without interfering with the load.

The extensive output signals from the phase selection givesalso important information about faulty phase(s) which can beused for fault analysis.

A current-based phase selection is also included. Themeasuring elements continuously measure three phasecurrents and the residual current and, compare them with theset values.

High speed distance protection, quadrilateral and mhoZMFPDIS

GUID-2E34AB7F-886E-499F-8984-09041A89238D v7

The high speed distance protection (ZMFPDIS) provides asub-cycle, down towards a half-cycle operate time. Its sixzone, full scheme protection concept is entirely suitable inapplications with single-phase autoreclosing.

Each measurement zone is designed with the flexibility tooperate in either quadrilateral or mho characteristic mode.This can even be decided separate for the phase-to-groundor phase-to-phase loops. The six zones can operate eitherindependent of each other, or their start can be linked (perzone) through the phase selector or the first starting zone.This can provide fast operate times for evolving faults.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 27

Page 28: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

The operation of the phase-selection is primarily based on acurrent change criteria (i.e. delta quantities), however there isalso a phase selection criterion operating in parallel whichbases its operation on voltage and current phasorsexclusively. Additionally the directional element provides afast and correct directional decision under difficult operatingconditions, including close-in three-phase faults,simultaneous faults and faults with only zero-sequence in-feed.During phase-to-earth faults on heavily loaded powerlines there is an adaptive load compensation algorithm thatprevents overreaching of the distance zones in the loadexporting end, improving the selectivity of the function. Thisalso reduces underreach in the importing end.

High speed distance protection for series comp. lines, quadand mho characteristic ZMFCPDIS

GUID-C5C1ADD8-50A5-4485-848C-77D2222B56DC v7

The high speed distance protection (ZMFCPDIS) provides asub-cycle, down towards a half-cycle operate time. Its sixzone, full scheme protection concept is entirely suitable inapplications with single-phase autoreclosing.

High speed distance protection ZMFCPDIS is fundamentallythe same function as ZMFPDIS but provides more flexibility inzone settings to suit more complex applications, such asseries compensated lines. In operation for seriescompensated networks, the parameters of the directionalfunction are altered to handle voltage reversal.

Each measurement zone is designed with the flexibility tooperate in either quadrilateral or mho characteristic mode.This can even be decided separate for the phase-to-groundor phase-to-phase loops. The six zones can operate eitherindependent of each other, or their start can be linked (perzone) through the phase selector or the first starting zone.This can provide fast operate times for evolving faults.

The operation of the phase-selection is primarily based on acurrent change criteria (i.e. delta quantities), however there isalso a phase selection criterion operating in parallel whichbases its operation on voltage and current phasorsexclusively. Additionally the directional element provides afast and correct directional decision under difficult operatingconditions, including close-in three-phase faults,simultaneous faults and faults with only zero-sequence in-feed.

During phase-to-earth faults on heavily loaded power linesthere is an adaptive load compensation algorithm thatprevents overreaching of the distance zones in the loadexporting end, improving the selectivity of the function. Thisalso reduces underreach in the importing end.

Power swing detection ZMRPSBM13873-3 v11

Power swings may occur after disconnection of heavy loadsor trip of big generation plants.

Power swing detection function ZMRPSB is used to detectpower swings and initiate block of all distance protection

zones. Occurrence of earth-fault currents during a powerswing inhibits the ZMRPSB function, to allow fault clearance.

Power swing logic PSLPSCHSEMOD131350-4 v4

Power Swing Logic (PSLPSCH) is a complementary functionto Power Swing Detection (ZMRPSB) function. It providespossibility for selective tripping of faults on power lines duringsystem oscillations (power swings or pole slips), when thedistance protection function should normally be blocked. Thecomplete logic consists of two different parts:

• Communication and tripping part: provides selectivetripping on the basis of special distance protectionzones and a scheme communication logic, which are notblocked during the system oscillations.

• Blocking part: blocks unwanted operation ofinstantaneous distance protection zone 1 for oscillations,which are initiated by faults and their clearing on theadjacent power lines and other primary elements.

Pole slip protection PSPPPAMSEMOD143246-4 v4

The situation with pole slip of a generator can be caused bydifferent reasons.

A short circuit may occur in the external power grid, close tothe generator. If the fault clearing time is too long, thegenerator will accelerate so much, that the synchronismcannot be maintained.

Undamped oscillations occur in the power system, wheregenerator groups at different locations, oscillate against eachother. If the connection between the generators is too weakthe magnitude of the oscillations will increase until the angularstability is lost.

The operation of a generator having pole slip will give risk ofdamages to the generator, shaft and turbine.

• At each pole slip there will be significant torque impacton the generator-turbine shaft.

• In asynchronous operation there will be induction ofcurrents in parts of the generator normally not carryingcurrent, thus resulting in increased heating. Theconsequence can be damages on insulation and stator/rotor iron.

The Pole slip protection (PSPPPAM) function shall detect poleslip conditions and trip the generator as fast as possible if thelocus of the measured impedance is inside the generator-transformer block. If the centre of pole slip is outside in thepower grid, the first action should be to split the network intotwo parts, after line protection action. If this fails there shouldbe operation of the generator PSPPPAM in zone 2, to preventfurther damages to the generator, shaft and turbine.

Pole slip protection PSPPPAMSEMOD143246-17 v7

Sudden events in an electric power system such as largechanges in load, fault occurrence or fault clearance, can

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

28 ABB

Page 29: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

cause power oscillations referred to as power swings. In anon-recoverable situation, the power swings become sosevere that the synchronism is lost, a condition referred to aspole slipping. The main purpose of the pole slip protection(PSPPPAM) is to detect, evaluate, and take the requiredaction for pole slipping occurrences in the power system.

Out-of-step protection OOSPPAMGUID-BF2F7D4C-F579-4EBD-9AFC-7C03296BD5D4 v7

The out-of-step protection OOSPPAM function in the IED canbe used for both generator protection and as well for lineprotection applications.

The main purpose of the OOSPPAM function is to detect,evaluate, and take the required action during pole slippingoccurrences in the power system.

The OOSPPAM function detects pole slip conditions and tripsthe generator as fast as possible, after the first pole-slip if thecenter of oscillation is found to be in zone 1, which normallyincludes the generator and its step-up power transformer. Ifthe center of oscillation is found to be further out in the powersystem, in zone 2, more than one pole-slip is usually allowedbefore the generator-transformer unit is disconnected. Aparameter setting is available to take into account the circuitbreaker opening time. If there are several out-of-step relays inthe power system, then the one which finds the center ofoscillation in its zone 1 should operate first.

Two current channels I3P1 and I3P2 are available inOOSPPAM function to allow the direct connection of twogroups of three-phase currents; that may be needed for verypowerful generators, with stator windings split into twogroups per phase, when each group is equipped with currenttransformers. The protection function performs a simplesummation of the currents of the two channels I3P1 andI3P2.

Phase preference logic PPLPHIZSEMOD153619-5 v2

The optional phase preference logic main purpose is toprovide a selective tripping for cross-country faults in isolatedor high impedance-earthed networks.

Automatic switch onto fault logic, voltage and current basedZCVPSOF

M13829-3 v4

Automatic switch onto fault logic (ZCVPSOF) is a function thatgives an instantaneous trip at closing of breaker onto a fault.A dead line detection check is provided to activate thefunction when the line is dead.

5. Current protection

Instantaneous phase overcurrent protection PHPIOCM12910-3 v12

The instantaneous three phase overcurrent function has a lowtransient overreach and short tripping time to allow use as ahigh set short-circuit protection function.

Four-step phase overcurrent protection OC4PTOC

M12846-3 v16

The four step three-phase overcurrent protection functionOC4PTOC has an inverse or definite time delay independentfor step 1 to 4 separately.

All IEC and ANSI inverse time characteristics are availabletogether with an optional user defined time characteristic.

The directional function needs voltage as it is voltagepolarized with memory. The function can be set to bedirectional or non-directional independently for each of thesteps.

A second harmonic blocking level can be set for the functionand can be used to block each step individually.

Instantaneous residual overcurrent protection EFPIOCM12701-3 v14

The Instantaneous residual overcurrent protection EFPIOChas a low transient overreach and short tripping times toallow the use for instantaneous earth-fault protection, with thereach limited to less than the typical eighty percent of the lineat minimum source impedance. EFPIOC is configured tomeasure the residual current from the three-phase currentinputs and can be configured to measure the current from aseparate current input.

Four step residual overcurrent protection, zero sequence andnegative sequence direction EF4PTOC

M13667-3 v18

The four step residual overcurrent protection EF4PTOC hasan inverse or definite time delay independent for each step.

All IEC and ANSI time-delayed characteristics are availabletogether with an optional user defined characteristic.

EF4PTOC can be set directional or non-directionalindependently for each of the steps.

IDir, UPol and IPol can be independently selected to be eitherzero sequence or negative sequence.

Second harmonic blocking can be set individually for eachstep.

EF4PTOC can be used as main protection for phase-to-earthfaults.

EF4PTOC can also be used to provide a system back-up forexample, in the case of the primary protection being out ofservice due to communication or voltage transformer circuitfailure.

Directional operation can be combined together withcorresponding communication logic in permissive or blockingteleprotection scheme. Current reversal and weak-end infeedfunctionality are available as well.

Residual current can be calculated by summing the threephase currents or taking the input from neutral CT

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 29

Page 30: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Four step negative sequence overcurrent protectionNS4PTOC

GUID-485E9D36-0032-4559-9204-101539A32F47 v5

Four step negative sequence overcurrent protection(NS4PTOC) has an inverse or definite time delay independentfor each step separately.

All IEC and ANSI time delayed characteristics are availabletogether with an optional user defined characteristic.

The directional function is voltage polarized.

NS4PTOC can be set directional or non-directionalindependently for each of the steps.

NS4PTOC can be used as main protection for unsymmetricalfault; phase-phase short circuits, phase-phase-earth shortcircuits and single phase earth faults.

NS4PTOC can also be used to provide a system backup forexample, in the case of the primary protection being out ofservice due to communication or voltage transformer circuitfailure.

Directional operation can be combined together withcorresponding communication logic in permissive or blockingteleprotection scheme. The same logic as for directional zerosequence current can be used. Current reversal and weak-end infeed functionality are available.

Sensitive directional residual overcurrent and powerprotection SDEPSDE

SEMOD171438-5 v5

In isolated networks or in networks with high impedanceearthing, the earth fault current is significantly smaller thanthe short circuit currents. In addition to this, the magnitude ofthe fault current is almost independent on the fault location inthe network. The protection can be selected to use either theresidual current or residual power component 3U0·3I0·cos j,for operating quantity with maintained short circuit capacity.There is also available one nondirectional 3I0 step and one3U0 overvoltage tripping step.

No specific sensitive current input is needed. SDEPSDE canbe set as low 0.25% of IBase.

Thermal overload protection, one time constant LCPTTR/LFPTTR

M12020-4 v13

The increasing utilization of the power system closer to thethermal limits has generated a need of a thermal overloadprotection for power lines.

A thermal overload will often not be detected by otherprotection functions and the introduction of the thermaloverload protection can allow the protected circuit to operatecloser to the thermal limits.

The three-phase current measuring protection has an I2tcharacteristic with settable time constant and a thermalmemory. The temperature is displayed in either Celsius or

Fahrenheit, depending on whether the function used isLCPTTR (Celsius) or LFPTTR (Fahrenheit).

An alarm level gives early warning to allow operators to takeaction well before the line is tripped.

Estimated time to trip before operation, and estimated time toreclose after operation are presented.

Breaker failure protection CCRBRFM11550-6 v16

Breaker failure protection (CCRBRF) ensures a fast backuptripping of the surrounding breakers in case the own breakerfails to open. CCRBRF can be current-based, contact-basedor an adaptive combination of these two conditions.

A current check with extremely short reset time is used ascheck criterion to achieve high security against inadvertentoperation.

Contact check criteria can be used where the fault currentthrough the breaker is small.

CCRBRF can be single- or three-phase initiated to allow usewith single phase tripping applications. For the three-phaseversion of CCRBRF the current criteria can be set to operateonly if two out of four for example, two phases or one phaseplus the residual current start. This gives a higher security tothe back-up trip command.

CCRBRF function can be programmed to give a single- orthree-phase re-trip of its own breaker to avoid unnecessarytripping of surrounding breakers at an incorrect initiation dueto mistakes during testing.

Stub protection STBPTOCM12902-3 v9

When a power line is taken out of service for maintenanceand the line disconnector is opened in multi-breakerarrangements the voltage transformers will mostly be outsideon the disconnected part. The primary line distanceprotection will thus not be able to operate and must beblocked.

The stub protection STBPTOC covers the zone between thecurrent transformers and the open disconnector. The three-phase instantaneous overcurrent function is released from anormally open, NO (b) auxiliary contact on the linedisconnector.

Pole discordance protection CCPDSCM13269-3 v14

An open phase can cause negative and zero sequencecurrents which cause thermal stress on rotating machinesand can cause unwanted operation of zero sequence ornegative sequence current functions.

Normally the own breaker is tripped to correct such asituation. If the situation persists the surrounding breakersshould be tripped to clear the unsymmetrical load situation.

The Pole discordance protection function CCPDSC operatesbased on information from auxiliary contacts of the circuit

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

30 ABB

Page 31: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

breaker for the three phases with additional criteria fromunsymmetrical phase currents when required.

Directional over/underpower protection GOPPDOP/GUPPDUP

SEMOD175421-4 v6

The directional over-/under-power protection GOPPDOP/GUPPDUP can be used wherever a high/low active, reactiveor apparent power protection or alarming is required. Thefunctions can alternatively be used to check the direction ofactive or reactive power flow in the power system. There area number of applications where such functionality is needed.Some of them are:

• detection of reversed active power flow• detection of high reactive power flow

Each function has two steps with definite time delay.

Broken conductor check BRCPTOCSEMOD171446-5 v2

The main purpose of the function Broken conductor check(BRCPTOC) is the detection of broken conductors onprotected power lines and cables (series faults). Detectioncan be used to give alarm only or trip the line breaker.

Voltage-restrained time overcurrent protection VRPVOCGUID-935E1CE8-601F-40E2-8D22-2FF68420FADF v6

Voltage-restrained time overcurrent protection (VRPVOC)function can be used as generator backup protection againstshort-circuits.

The overcurrent protection feature has a settable current levelthat can be used either with definite time or inverse timecharacteristic. Additionally, it can be voltage controlled/restrained.

One undervoltage step with definite time characteristic is alsoavailable within the function in order to provide functionalityfor overcurrent protection with undervoltage seal-in.

6. Voltage protection

Two step undervoltage protection UV2PTUVM13789-3 v11

Undervoltages can occur in the power system during faults orabnormal conditions. Two step undervoltage protection(UV2PTUV) function can be used to open circuit breakers toprepare for system restoration at power outages or as long-time delayed back-up to primary protection.

UV2PTUV has two voltage steps, each with inverse or definitetime delay.

UV2PTUV has a high reset ratio to allow settings close tosystem service voltage.

Two step overvoltage protection OV2PTOVM13798-3 v14

Overvoltages may occur in the power system during abnormalconditions such as sudden power loss, tap changerregulating failures, and open line ends on long lines.

Two step overvoltage protection (OV2PTOV) function can beused to detect open line ends, normally then combined with adirectional reactive over-power function to supervise thesystem voltage. When triggered, the function will cause analarm, switch in reactors, or switch out capacitor banks.

OV2PTOV has two voltage steps, each of them with inverseor definite time delayed.

OV2PTOV has a high reset ratio to allow settings close tosystem service voltage.

Two step residual overvoltage protection ROV2PTOVM13808-3 v10

Residual voltages may occur in the power system duringearth faults.

Two step residual overvoltage protection ROV2PTOV functioncalculates the residual voltage from the three-phase voltageinput transformers or measures it from a single voltage inputtransformer fed from an open delta or neutral point voltagetransformer.

ROV2PTOV has two voltage steps, each with inverse ordefinite time delay.

Reset delay ensures operation for intermittent earth faults.

Overexcitation protection OEXPVPHM13319-3 v9

When the laminated core of a power transformer or generatoris subjected to a magnetic flux density beyond its designlimits, stray flux will flow into non-laminated components thatare not designed to carry flux. This will cause eddy currentsto flow. These eddy currents can cause excessive heatingand severe damage to insulation and adjacent parts in arelatively short time. The function has settable inverseoperating curves and independent alarm stages.

Voltage differential protection VDCPTOVSEMOD153862-5 v7

A voltage differential monitoring function is available. Itcompares the voltages from two three phase sets of voltagetransformers and has one sensitive alarm step and one tripstep.

Loss of voltage check LOVPTUVSEMOD171457-5 v7

Loss of voltage check LOVPTUV is suitable for use innetworks with an automatic system restoration function.LOVPTUV issues a three-pole trip command to the circuitbreaker, if all three phase voltages fall below the set value fora time longer than the set time and the circuit breakerremains closed.

The operation of LOVPTUV is supervised by the fuse failuresupervision FUFSPVC.

Radial feeder protection PAPGAPCGUID-82856D0B-5C5E-499A-9A62-CC511E4F047A v2

The PAPGAPC function is used to provide protection of radialfeeders having passive loads or weak end in-feed sources. Itis possible to achieve fast tripping using communicationsystem with remote end or delayed tripping not requiring

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 31

Page 32: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

communication or upon communication system failure. Forfast tripping, scheme communication is required. Delayedtripping does not require scheme communication.

The PAPGAPC function performs phase selection usingmeasured voltages. Each phase voltage is compared to theopposite phase-phase voltage. A phase is deemed to have afault if its phase voltage drops below a settable percentage ofthe opposite phase-phase voltage. The phase - phasevoltages include memory. This memory function has asettable time constant.

The voltage-based phase selection is used for both fast anddelayed tripping. To achieve fast tripping, schemecommunication is required. Delayed tripping does not requirescheme communication. It is possible to permit delayedtripping only upon failure of the communications channel byblocking the delayed tripping logic with a communicationschannel healthy input signal.

On receipt of the communications signal, phase selectiveoutputs for fast tripping are set based on the phase(s) inwhich the phase selection function has operated.

For delayed tripping, single pole and three pole delays areseparately and independently settable. Furthermore, it ispossible to enable or disable single pole and three poledelayed tripping. For single phase faults, it is possible toinclude a residual current check in the tripping logic. Threepole tripping is always selected for phase selection on morethan one phase. Three pole tripping will also occur if theresidual current exceeds the set level during fuse failure for atime longer than the three pole trip delay time.

7. Frequency protection

Underfrequency protection SAPTUFM13349-3 v12

Underfrequency occurs as a result of a lack of generation inthe network.

Underfrequency protection SAPTUF measures frequency withhigh accuracy, and is used for load shedding systems,remedial action schemes, gas turbine startup and so on.Separate definite time delays are provided for operate andrestore.

SAPTUF is provided with undervoltage blocking.

The operation is based on positive sequence voltagemeasurement and requires two phase-phase or three phase-neutral voltages to be connected. For information about howto connect analog inputs, refer to Application manual/IEDapplication/Analog inputs/Setting guidelines

Overfrequency protection SAPTOFM14953-3 v11

Overfrequency protection function SAPTOF is applicable in allsituations, where reliable detection of high fundamental powersystem frequency is needed.

Overfrequency occurs because of sudden load drops orshunt faults in the power network. Close to the generatingplant, generator governor problems can also cause overfrequency.

SAPTOF measures frequency with high accuracy, and is usedmainly for generation shedding and remedial action schemes.It is also used as a frequency stage initiating load restoring. Adefinite time delay is provided for operate.

SAPTOF is provided with an undervoltage blocking.

The operation is based on positive sequence voltagemeasurement and requires two phase-phase or three phase-neutral voltages to be connected. For information about howto connect analog inputs, refer to Application manual/IEDapplication/Analog inputs/Setting guidelines

Rate-of-change frequency protection SAPFRCM14965-3 v12

The rate-of-change frequency protection function SAPFRCgives an early indication of a main disturbance in the system.SAPFRC measures frequency with high accuracy, and can beused for generation shedding, load shedding and remedialaction schemes. SAPFRC can discriminate between apositive or negative change of frequency. A definite time delayis provided for operate.

SAPFRC is provided with an undervoltage blocking. Theoperation is based on positive sequence voltagemeasurement and requires two phase-phase or three phase-neutral voltages to be connected. For information about howto connect analog inputs, refer to Application manual/IEDapplication/Analog inputs/Setting guidelines.

8. Multipurpose protection

General current and voltage protection CVGAPCM13083-11 v9

The General current and voltage protection (CVGAPC) can beutilized as a negative sequence current protection detectingunsymmetrical conditions such as open phase orunsymmetrical faults.

CVGAPC can also be used to improve phase selection forhigh resistive earth faults, outside the distance protectionreach, for the transmission line. Three functions are used,which measures the neutral current and each of the threephase voltages. This will give an independence from loadcurrents and this phase selection will be used in conjunctionwith the detection of the earth fault from the directional earthfault protection function.

Voltage-restrained time overcurrent protection VRPVOCGUID-935E1CE8-601F-40E2-8D22-2FF68420FADF v6

Voltage-restrained time overcurrent protection (VRPVOC)function can be used as generator backup protection againstshort-circuits.

The overcurrent protection feature has a settable current levelthat can be used either with definite time or inverse time

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

32 ABB

Page 33: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

characteristic. Additionally, it can be voltage controlled/restrained.

One undervoltage step with definite time characteristic is alsoavailable within the function in order to provide functionalityfor overcurrent protection with undervoltage seal-in.

9. Secondary system supervision

Current circuit supervision CCSSPVCM12444-3 v10

Open or short circuited current transformer cores can causeunwanted operation of many protection functions such asdifferential, earth-fault current and negative-sequence currentfunctions.

Current circuit supervision (CCSSPVC) compares the residualcurrent from a three phase set of current transformer coreswith the neutral point current on a separate input taken fromanother set of cores on the current transformer.

A detection of a difference indicates a fault in the circuit andis used as alarm or to block protection functions expected togive inadvertent tripping.

Fuse failure supervision FUFSPVCSEMOD113820-4 v11

The aim of the fuse failure supervision function FUFSPVC is toblock voltage measuring functions at failures in the secondarycircuits between the voltage transformer and the IED in orderto avoid inadvertent operations that otherwise might occur.

The fuse failure supervision function basically has threedifferent detection methods, negative sequence and zerosequence based detection and an additional delta voltageand delta current detection.

The negative sequence detection algorithm is recommendedfor IEDs used in isolated or high-impedance earthednetworks. It is based on the negative-sequence quantities.

The zero sequence detection is recommended for IEDs usedin directly or low impedance earthed networks. It is based onthe zero sequence measuring quantities.

The selection of different operation modes is possible by asetting parameter in order to take into account the particularearthing of the network.

A criterion based on delta current and delta voltagemeasurements can be added to the fuse failure supervisionfunction in order to detect a three phase fuse failure, which inpractice is more associated with voltage transformerswitching during station operations.

Fuse failure supervision VDSPVCGUID-6AF2219A-264F-4971-8D03-3B8A9D0CB284 v4

Different protection functions within the protection IEDoperates on the basis of measured voltage at the relay point.Some example of protection functions are:

• Distance protection function.• Undervoltage function.• Energisation function and voltage check for the weak

infeed logic.

These functions can operate unintentionally, if a fault occursin the secondary circuits between voltage instrumenttransformers and the IED. These unintentional operations canbe prevented by VDSPVC.

VDSPVC is designed to detect fuse failures or faults in voltagemeasurement circuit, based on phase wise comparison ofvoltages of main and pilot fused circuits. VDSPVC blockingoutput can be configured to block functions that need to beblocked in case of faults in the voltage circuit.

Multipurpose filter SMAIHPACGUID-EB0B11C3-FF79-4B8D-A335-649623E832F9 v2

The multi-purpose filter function block, SMAIHPAC, isarranged as a three-phase filter. It has very much the sameuser interface (e.g. inputs and outputs) as the standard pre-processing function block SMAI. However the main differenceis that it can be used to extract any frequency componentfrom the input signal. Thus it can, for example, be used tobuild sub-synchronous resonance protection for synchronousgenerator.

10. Control

Synchrocheck, energizing check, and synchronizingSESRSYN

M12480-3 v15

The Synchronizing function allows closing of asynchronousnetworks at the correct moment including the breaker closingtime, which improves the network stability.

Synchrocheck, energizing check, and synchronizingSESRSYN function checks that the voltages on both sides ofthe circuit breaker are in synchronism, or with at least oneside dead to ensure that closing can be done safely.

SESRSYN function includes a built-in voltage selectionscheme for double bus and 1½ breaker or ring busbararrangements.

Manual closing as well as automatic reclosing can bechecked by the function and can have different settings.

For systems, which are running asynchronous, asynchronizing function is provided. The main purpose of thesynchronizing function is to provide controlled closing ofcircuit breakers when two asynchronous systems are going tobe connected. The synchronizing function evaluates voltagedifference, phase angle difference, slip frequency andfrequency rate of change before issuing a controlled closingof the circuit breaker. Breaker closing time is a parametersetting.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 33

Page 34: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Autorecloser SMBRRECM12390-3 v14

The autorecloser SMBRREC function provides high-speedand/or delayed auto-reclosing for single or multi-breakerapplications.

Up to five three-phase reclosing attempts can be included byparameter setting. The first attempt can be single-, twoand/or three phase for single phase or multi-phase faultsrespectively.

Multiple autoreclosing functions are provided for multi-breakerarrangements. A priority circuit allows one circuit breaker toclose first and the second will only close if the fault proved tobe transient.

Each autoreclosing function is configured to co-operate withthe synchrocheck function.

The autoreclosing function provides high-speed and/ordelayed three pole autoreclosing.

Apparatus control APCM13444-3 v13

The apparatus control functions are used for control andsupervision of circuit breakers, disconnectors and earthingswitches within a bay. Permission to operate is given afterevaluation of conditions from other functions such asinterlocking, synchrocheck, operator place selection andexternal or internal blockings.

Apparatus control features:• Select-Execute principle to give high reliability• Selection function to prevent simultaneous operation• Selection and supervision of operator place• Command supervision• Block/deblock of operation• Block/deblock of updating of position indications• Substitution of position and quality indications• Overriding of interlocking functions• Overriding of synchrocheck• Operation counter• Suppression of mid position

Two types of command models can be used:• Direct with normal security• SBO (Select-Before-Operate) with enhanced security

Normal security means that only the command is evaluatedand the resulting position is not supervised. Enhancedsecurity means that the command is evaluated with anadditional supervision of the status value of the controlobject. The command sequence with enhanced security isalways terminated by a CommandTermination serviceprimitive and an AddCause telling if the command wassuccessful or if something went wrong.

Control operation can be performed from the local HMI withauthority control if so defined.

InterlockingM13531-3 v4

The interlocking function blocks the possibility to operateprimary switching devices, for instance when a disconnectoris under load, in order to prevent material damage and/oraccidental human injury.

Each apparatus control function has interlocking modulesincluded for different switchyard arrangements, where eachfunction handles interlocking of one bay. The interlockingfunction is distributed to each IED and is not dependent onany central function. For the station-wide interlocking, theIEDs communicate via the system-wide interbay bus (IEC61850-8-1) or by using hard wired binary inputs/outputs. Theinterlocking conditions depend on the circuit configurationand apparatus position status at any given time.

For easy and safe implementation of the interlocking function,the IED is delivered with standardized and tested softwareinterlocking modules containing logic for the interlockingconditions. The interlocking conditions can be altered, tomeet the customer’s specific requirements, by addingconfigurable logic by means of the graphical configurationtool.

Switch controller SCSWIM13486-3 v7

The Switch controller (SCSWI) initializes and supervises allfunctions to properly select and operate switching primaryapparatuses. The Switch controller may handle and operateon one three-phase device or up to three one-phase devices.

Circuit breaker SXCBRM13489-3 v6

The purpose of Circuit breaker (SXCBR) is to provide theactual status of positions and to perform the controloperations, that is, pass all the commands to primaryapparatuses in the form of circuit breakers via binary outputboards and to supervise the switching operation and position.

Circuit switch SXSWIM16492-3 v6

The purpose of Circuit switch (SXSWI) function is to providethe actual status of positions and to perform the controloperations, that is, pass all the commands to primaryapparatuses in the form of disconnectors or earthing switchesvia binary output boards and to supervise the switchingoperation and position.

Reservation function QCRSVM13506-3 v4

The purpose of the reservation function is primarily to transferinterlocking information between IEDs in a safe way and toprevent double operation in a bay, switchyard part, orcomplete substation.

Reservation input RESINM16501-3 v5

The Reservation input (RESIN) function receives thereservation information from other bays. The number ofinstances is the same as the number of involved bays (up to60 instances are available).

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

34 ABB

Page 35: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Bay control QCBAYM13447-3 v7

The Bay control QCBAY function is used together with Localremote and local remote control functions to handle theselection of the operator place per bay. QCBAY also providesblocking functions that can be distributed to differentapparatuses within the bay.

Local remote LOCREM/Local remote control LOCREMCTRLM17086-3 v8

The signals from the local HMI or from an external local/remote switch are connected via the function blocksLOCREM and LOCREMCTRL to the Bay control QCBAYfunction block. The parameter ControlMode in function blockLOCREM is set to choose if the switch signals are comingfrom the local HMI or from an external hardware switchconnected via binary inputs.

Logic rotating switch for function selection and LHMIpresentation SLGAPC

SEMOD114908-4 v9

The logic rotating switch for function selection and LHMIpresentation SLGAPC (or the selector switch function block)is used to get an enhanced selector switch functionalitycompared to the one provided by a hardware selector switch.Hardware selector switches are used extensively by utilities,in order to have different functions operating on pre-setvalues. Hardware switches are however sources formaintenance issues, lower system reliability and an extendedpurchase portfolio. The selector switch function eliminates allthese problems.

Selector mini switch VSGAPCSEMOD158756-5 v7

The Selector mini switch VSGAPC function block is amultipurpose function used for a variety of applications, as ageneral purpose switch.

VSGAPC can be controlled from the menu or from a symbolon the single line diagram (SLD) on the local HMI.

Generic communication function for Double Point indicationDPGAPC

SEMOD55850-5 v6

Generic communication function for Double Point indicationDPGAPC function block is used to send double indications toother systems, equipment or functions in the substationthrough IEC 61850-8-1 or other communication protocols. Itis especially used in the interlocking station-wide logics.

Single point generic control 8 signals SPC8GAPCSEMOD176462-4 v8

The Single point generic control 8 signals SPC8GAPCfunction block is a collection of 8 single point commands,designed to bring in commands from REMOTE (SCADA) tothose parts of the logic configuration that do not needextensive command receiving functionality (for example,SCSWI). In this way, simple commands can be sent directlyto the IED outputs, without confirmation. Confirmation (status)of the result of the commands is supposed to be achieved byother means, such as binary inputs and SPGAPC functionblocks. The commands can be pulsed or steady with asettable pulse time.

AutomationBits, command function for DNP3.0 AUTOBITSSEMOD158591-5 v7

AutomationBits function for DNP3 (AUTOBITS) is used withinPCM600 to get into the configuration of the commandscoming through the DNP3 protocol. The AUTOBITS functionplays the same role as functions GOOSEBINRCV (for IEC61850) and MULTICMDRCV (for LON).

Single command, 16 signalsM12446-6 v5

The IEDs can receive commands either from a substationautomation system or from the local HMI. The commandfunction block has outputs that can be used, for example, tocontrol high voltage apparatuses or for other user definedfunctionality.

11. Scheme communication

Scheme communication logic for distance or overcurrentprotection ZCPSCH

M13860-3 v9

To achieve instantaneous fault clearance for all line faults,scheme communication logic is provided. All types ofcommunication schemes for permissive underreaching,permissive overreaching, blocking, delta based blocking,unblocking and intertrip are available.

The built-in communication module (LDCM) can be used forscheme communication signaling when included.

Phase segregated scheme communication logic for distanceprotection ZC1PPSCH

SEMOD141686-4 v3

Communication between line ends is used to achieve faultclearance for all faults on a power line. All possible types ofcommunication schemes for example, permissive underreach,permissive overreach and blocking schemes are available. Tomanage problems with simultaneous faults on parallel powerlines phase segregated communication is needed. This willthen replace the standard Scheme communication logic fordistance or Overcurrent protection (ZCPSCH) on importantlines where three communication channels (in eachsubsystem) are available for the distance protectioncommunication.

The main purpose of the Phase segregated schemecommunication logic for distance protection (ZC1PPSCH)function is to supplement the distance protection functionsuch that:

• fast clearance of faults is also achieved at the line endfor which the faults are on the part of the line notcovered by its underreaching zone.

• correct phase selection can be maintained to supportsingle-pole tripping for faults occurring anywhere on theentire length of a double circuit line.

To accomplish this, three separate communication channels,that is, one per phase, each capable of transmitting a signalin each direction is required.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 35

Page 36: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

ZC1PPSCH can be completed with the current reversal andWEI logic for phase segregated communication, when foundnecessary in Blocking and Permissive overreaching schemes.

Current reversal and weak-end infeed logic for distanceprotection ZCRWPSCH

M13896-3 v14

The ZCRWPSCH function provides the current reversal andweak end infeed logic functions that supplement the standardscheme communication logic. It is not suitable for standaloneuse as it requires inputs from the distance protectionfunctions and the scheme communications function includedwithin the terminal.

On detection of a current reversal, the current reversal logicprovides an output to block the sending of the teleprotectionsignal to the remote end, and to block the permissive trippingat the local end. This blocking condition is maintained longenough to ensure that no unwanted operation will occur as aresult of the current reversal.

On verification of a weak end infeed condition, the weak endinfeed logic provides an output for sending the receivedteleprotection signal back to the remote sending end andother output(s) for local tripping. For terminals equipped forsingle- and two-pole tripping, outputs for the faulted phase(s)are provided. Undervoltage detectors are used to detect thefaulted phase(s).

Current reversal and weak-end infeed logic for phasesegregated communication ZC1WPSCH

SEMOD156473-5 v3

Current reversal and weak-end infeed logic for phasesegregated communication (ZC1WPSCH) function is used toprevent unwanted operations due to current reversal whenusing permissive overreach protection schemes in applicationwith parallel lines where the overreach from the two endsoverlaps on the parallel line.

The weak-end infeed logic is used in cases where theapparent power behind the protection can be too low toactivate the distance protection function. When activated,received carrier signal together with local undervoltage criteriaand no reverse zone operation gives an instantaneous trip.The received signal is also echoed back to accelerate thesending end.

Local acceleration logic ZCLCPSCHM13823-3 v6

To achieve fast clearing of faults on the whole line, when nocommunication channel is available, local acceleration logicZCLCPSCH can be used. This logic enables fast fault clearingand re-closing during certain conditions, but naturally, it cannot fully replace a communication channel.

The logic can be controlled either by the autorecloser (zoneextension) or by the loss-of-load current (loss-of-loadacceleration).

Scheme communication logic for residual overcurrentprotection ECPSCH

M13918-4 v10

To achieve fast fault clearance of earth faults on the part ofthe line not covered by the instantaneous step of the residualovercurrent protection, the directional residual overcurrentprotection can be supported with a logic that usescommunication channels.

In the directional scheme, information of the fault currentdirection must be transmitted to the other line end. Withdirectional comparison, a short operate time of the protectionincluding a channel transmission time, can be achieved. Thisshort operate time enables rapid autoreclosing function afterthe fault clearance.

The communication logic module for directional residualcurrent protection enables blocking as well as permissiveunder/overreaching, and unblocking schemes. The logic canalso be supported by additional logic for weak-end infeed andcurrent reversal, included in Current reversal and weak-endinfeed logic for residual overcurrent protection ECRWPSCHfunction.

Current reversal and weak-end infeed logic for residualovercurrent protection ECRWPSCH

M13928-3 v7

The Current reversal and weak-end infeed logic for residualovercurrent protection ECRWPSCH is a supplement toScheme communication logic for residual overcurrentprotection ECPSCH.

To achieve fast fault clearing for all earth faults on the line, thedirectional earth fault protection function can be supportedwith logic that uses tele-protection channels.

This is why the IEDs have available additions to the schemecommunication logic.

M13928-6 v2

If parallel lines are connected to common busbars at bothterminals, overreaching permissive communication schemescan trip unselectively due to fault current reversal. Thisunwanted tripping affects the healthy line when a fault iscleared on the other line. This lack of security can result in atotal loss of interconnection between the two buses. To avoidthis type of disturbance, a fault current reversal logic(transient blocking logic) can be used.

M13928-8 v5

Permissive communication schemes for residual overcurrentprotection can basically operate only when the protection inthe remote IED can detect the fault. The detection requires asufficient minimum residual fault current, out from this IED.The fault current can be too low due to an opened breaker orhigh-positive and/or zero-sequence source impedancebehind this IED. To overcome these conditions, weak-endinfeed (WEI) echo logic is used. The weak-end infeed echo islimited to 200 ms to avoid channel lockup.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

36 ABB

Page 37: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Direct transfer trip DTTLow active power and power factor protection LAPPGAPC

GUID-25A2A94F-09FE-4552-89F8-CF22632A7A0D v2

Low active power and power factor protection (LAPPGAPC)function measures power flow. It can be used for protectionand monitoring of:

• phase wise low active power• phase wise low power factor• phase wise reactive power and apparent power as

service values

Following features are available:

• Definite time stage for low active power protection• Definite time stage for low power factor protection• Individual enabling of Low active power and Low power

factor functions• Low active power trip with 2 selection modes '1 out of 3'

and '2 out of 3'• Phase wise calculated values of apparent power,

reactive power, active power and power factor areavailable as service values

• Insensitive to small variations in voltage and current

Compensated over and undervoltage protection COUVGAPCGUID-229EB419-0903-46FA-9192-BBB35725C841 v2

Compensated over and undervoltage protection(COUVGAPC) function calculates the remote end voltage ofthe transmission line utilizing local measured voltage, currentand with the help of transmission line parameters, that is, lineresistance, reactance, capacitance and local shunt reactor.For protection of long transmission line for in zone faults,COUVGAPCcan be incorporated with local criteria withindirect transfer trip logic to ensure tripping of the line onlyunder abnormal conditions.

Sudden change in current variation SCCVPTOCGUID-413851A9-5EB7-4C48-8F5D-E30E470EFFAF v2

Sudden change in current variation (SCCVPTOC) function is afast way of finding any abnormality in line currents. Whenthere is a fault in the system, the current changes faster thanthe voltage. SCCVPTOC finds abnormal condition based onphase-to-phase current variation. The main application is as alocal criterion to increase security when transfer trips areused.

Carrier receive logic LCCRPTRCGUID-79AB9B9E-9200-44D7-B4EE-57C9E7BB74A9 v2

In Direct transfer trip (DTT) scheme, the received CR signalgives the trip to the circuit breaker after checking certain localcriteria functions in order to increase the security of theoverall tripping functionality. Carrier receive logic(LCCRPTRC) function gives final trip output of the DTTscheme.

Features:

• Carrier redundancy to ensure security in DTT scheme• Blocking function output on CR Channel Error• Phase wise trip outputs

Negative sequence overvoltage protection LCNSPTOVGUID-C5CBB6A2-780D-4008-98E3-455A404D32CB v2

Negative sequence components are present in all types offault condition. Negative sequence voltage and current gethigh values during unsymmetrical faults.

Zero sequence overvoltage protection LCZSPTOVGUID-4CF3EC6A-D286-4808-929B-C9302418E4ED v2

Zero sequence components are present in all abnormalconditions involving earth. They can reach considerably highvalues during earth faults.

Negative sequence overcurrent protection LCNSPTOCGUID-C4F99554-88BC-4F11-9EFE-91BCA6ED1261 v2

Negative sequence components are present in all types offault condition. They can reach considerably high valuesduring abnormal operation.

Zero sequence overcurrent protection LCZSPTOCGUID-F0C38DA1-2F39-46DE-AFFE-F919E6CF4A57 v2

Zero sequence components are present in all abnormalconditions involving earth. They have a considerably highvalue during earth faults.

Three phase overcurrent LCP3PTOCGUID-AC4FF35E-5D86-421E-82C7-93F600E9F453 v2

Three phase overcurrent (LCP3PTOC) is designed forovercurrent conditions.

Features:

• Phase wise start and trip signals• Overcurrent protection• Phase wise RMS current is available as service values• Single definite time stage trip function.

Three phase undercurrent LCPCPTUCGUID-E8EA5CE8-ED7A-4FA3-9DAC-83227D53387F v2

Three phase undercurrent function (LCP3PTUC) is designedfor detecting loss of load conditions.

Features:

• Phase wise start and trip signals• Phase wise RMS current is available as service values• Single definite time stage trip function

12. Logic

Tripping logic SMPPTRCM12275-3 v10

A function block for protection tripping is always provided asbasic for each circuit breaker involved in the tripping of thefault. It provides a settable pulse prolongation to ensure a trippulse of sufficient length, as well as all functionality necessaryfor correct co-operation with autoreclosing functions.

The trip function block also includes a settable latchfunctionality for evolving faults and breaker lock-out.

Trip matrix logic TMAGAPCM15321-3 v11

The trip matrix logic TMAGAPC function is used to route tripsignals and other logical output signals to different outputcontacts on the IED.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 37

Page 38: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

The trip matrix logic function has 3 output signals and theseoutputs can be connected to physical tripping outputsaccording to the specific application needs for settable pulseor steady output.

Group alarm logic function ALMCALHGUID-16E60E27-F7A8-416D-8648-8174AAC49BB5 v3

The group alarm logic function ALMCALH is used to routeseveral alarm signals to a common indication, LED and/orcontact, in the IED.

Group warning logic function WRNCALHGUID-F7D9A012-3AD4-4D86-BE97-DF2A99BE5383 v3

The group warning logic function WRNCALH is used to routeseveral warning signals to a common indication, LED and/orcontact, in the IED.

Group indication logic function INDCALHGUID-D8D1A4EE-A87F-46C6-8529-277FC1ADA9B0 v3

The group indication logic function INDCALH is used to routeseveral indication signals to a common indication, LED and/orcontact, in the IED.

Basic configurable logic blocksM11396-4 v15

The basic configurable logic blocks do not propagate the timestamp and quality of signals (have no suffix QT at the end oftheir function name). A number of logic blocks and timers arealways available as basic for the user to adapt theconfiguration to the specific application needs. The list belowshows a summary of the function blocks and their features.

These logic blocks are also available as part of an extensionlogic package with the same number of instances.

• AND function block. Each block has four inputs and twooutputs where one is inverted.

• GATE function block is used for whether or not a signalshould be able to pass from the input to the output.

• INVERTER function block that inverts one input signal tothe output.

• LLD function block. Loop delay used to delay the outputsignal one execution cycle.

• OR function block. Each block has up to six inputs and twooutputs where one is inverted.

• PULSETIMER function block can be used, for example, forpulse extensions or limiting of operation of outputs, settablepulse time.

• RSMEMORY function block is a flip-flop that can reset orset an output from two inputs respectively. Each block hastwo outputs where one is inverted. The memory settingcontrols if, after a power interruption, the flip-flop resets orreturns to the state it had before the power interruption.RESET input has priority.

• SRMEMORY function block is a flip-flop that can set orreset an output from two inputs respectively. Each blockhas two outputs where one is inverted. The memory setting

controls if, after a power interruption, the flip-flop resets orreturns to the state it had before the power interruption.The SET input has priority.

• TIMERSET function has pick-up and drop-out delayedoutputs related to the input signal. The timer has a settabletime delay.

• XOR function block. Each block has two outputs where oneis inverted.

Extension logic packageGUID-144BAAA3-A5EF-49AF-8876-93CC5F3D0234 v1

The logic extension block package includes additional tripmatrix logic and configurable logic blocks.

Logic rotating switch for function selection and LHMIpresentation SLGAPC

SEMOD114908-4 v9

The logic rotating switch for function selection and LHMIpresentation SLGAPC (or the selector switch function block)is used to get an enhanced selector switch functionalitycompared to the one provided by a hardware selector switch.Hardware selector switches are used extensively by utilities,in order to have different functions operating on pre-setvalues. Hardware switches are however sources formaintenance issues, lower system reliability and an extendedpurchase portfolio. The selector switch function eliminates allthese problems.

Selector mini switch VSGAPCSEMOD158756-5 v7

The Selector mini switch VSGAPC function block is amultipurpose function used for a variety of applications, as ageneral purpose switch.

VSGAPC can be controlled from the menu or from a symbolon the single line diagram (SLD) on the local HMI.

Fixed signal function blockM15322-3 v11

The Fixed signals function FXDSIGN generates nine pre-set(fixed) signals that can be used in the configuration of an IED,either for forcing the unused inputs in other function blocks toa certain level/value, or for creating certain logic. Boolean,integer, floating point, string types of signals are available.

One FXDSIGN function block is included in all IEDs.

Elapsed time integrator with limit transgression and overflowsupervision (TEIGAPC)

GUID-2D64874A-F266-4251-8EED-E813F40513D7 v2

The Elapsed time integrator function TEIGAPC is a functionthat accumulates the elapsed time when a given binary signalhas been high.

The main features of TEIGAPC

• Applicable to long time integration (≤999 999.9seconds).

• Supervision of limit transgression conditions andoverflow.

• Possibility to define a warning or alarm with theresolution of 10 milliseconds.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

38 ABB

Page 39: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

• Retaining of the integration value.• Possibilities for blocking and reset.• Reporting of the integrated time.

Boolean 16 to Integer conversion B16ISEMOD175725-4 v4

Boolean 16 to integer conversion function B16I is used totransform a set of 16 binary (logical) signals into an integer.

Boolean 16 to Integer conversion with logic noderepresentation BTIGAPC

SEMOD175781-4 v7

Boolean 16 to integer conversion with logic noderepresentation function BTIGAPC is used to transform a set of16 binary (logical) signals into an integer. The block input willfreeze the output at the last value.

BTIGAPC can receive remote values via IEC 61850depending on the operator position input (PSTO).

Integer to Boolean 16 conversion IB16SEMOD158373-5 v5

Integer to boolean 16 conversion function IB16 is used totransform an integer into a set of 16 binary (logical) signals.

Integer to Boolean 16 conversion with logic noderepresentation ITBGAPC

SEMOD158421-5 v8

Integer to boolean conversion with logic node representationfunction ITBGAPC is used to transform an integer which istransmitted over IEC 61850 and received by the function to16 binary coded (logic) output signals.

ITBGAPC function can only receive remote values over IEC61850 when the R/L (Remote/Local) push button on the frontHMI, indicates that the control mode for the operator is inposition R (Remote i.e. the LED adjacent to R is lit ), and thecorresponding signal is connected to the input PSTOITBGAPC function block. The input BLOCK will freeze theoutput at the last received value and blocks new integervalues to be received and converted to binary coded outputs.

Comparator for integer inputs INTCOMPGUID-A93564FA-0017-4939-A9C1-095DA0FD9832 v1

The function gives the possibility to monitor the level ofinteger values in the system relative to each other or to afixed value. It is a basic arithmetic function that can be usedfor monitoring, supervision, interlocking and other logics.

Comparator for real inputs REALCOMPGUID-E17A88D7-D095-4F36-9CD5-64EBFD2A1DEA v1

The function gives the possibility to monitor the level of realvalue signals in the system relative to each other or to a fixedvalue. It is a basic arithmetic function that can be used formonitoring, supervision, interlocking and other logics.

13. Monitoring

Measurements CVMMXN, CMMXU, VNMMXU, VMMXU,CMSQI, VMSQI

M12024-3 v8

The measurement functions are used to get on-lineinformation from the IED. These service values make itpossible to display on-line information on the local HMI andon the Substation automation system about:

• measured voltages, currents, frequency, active, reactiveand apparent power and power factor

• measured analog values from merging units• primary phasors• positive, negative and zero sequence currents and

voltages• mA, input currents• pulse counters

Supervision of mA input signalsM16054-3 v2

The main purpose of the function is to measure and processsignals from different measuring transducers. Many devicesused in process control represent various parameters such asfrequency, temperature and DC battery voltage as low currentvalues, usually in the range 4-20 mA or 0-20 mA.

Alarm limits can be set and used as triggers, e.g. to generatetrip or alarm signals.

The function requires that the IED is equipped with the mAinput module.

Disturbance report DRPRDREM12153-3 v11.1.1

Complete and reliable information about disturbances in theprimary and/or in the secondary system together withcontinuous event-logging is accomplished by the disturbancereport functionality.

Disturbance report DRPRDRE, always included in the IED,acquires sampled data of all selected analog input and binarysignals connected to the function block with a, maximum of40 analog and 128 binary signals.

The Disturbance report functionality is a common name forseveral functions:

• Event list• Indications• Event recorder• Trip value recorder• Disturbance recorder• Fault locator

The Disturbance report function is characterized by greatflexibility regarding configuration, starting conditions,recording times, and large storage capacity.

A disturbance is defined as an activation of an input to theAnRADR or BnRBDR function blocks, which are set to triggerthe disturbance recorder. All connected signals from start ofpre-fault time to the end of post-fault time will be included inthe recording.

Every disturbance report recording is saved in the IED in thestandard Comtrade format as a reader file HDR, aconfiguration file CFG, and a data file DAT. The same appliesto all events, which are continuously saved in a ring-buffer.The local HMI is used to get information about the recordings.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 39

Page 40: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

The disturbance report files may be uploaded to PCM600 forfurther analysis using the disturbance handling tool.

Event list DRPRDREM12412-6 v8

Continuous event-logging is useful for monitoring the systemfrom an overview perspective and is a complement to specificdisturbance recorder functions.

The event list logs all binary input signals connected to theDisturbance recorder function. The list may contain up to1000 time-tagged events stored in a ring-buffer.

Indications DRPRDREM12030-3 v6

To get fast, condensed and reliable information aboutdisturbances in the primary and/or in the secondary system itis important to know, for example binary signals that havechanged status during a disturbance. This information is usedin the short perspective to get information via the local HMI ina straightforward way.

There are three LEDs on the local HMI (green, yellow andred), which will display status information about the IED andthe Disturbance recorder function (triggered).

The Indication list function shows all selected binary inputsignals connected to the Disturbance recorder function thathave changed status during a disturbance.

Event recorder DRPRDREM12033-3 v8

Quick, complete and reliable information about disturbancesin the primary and/or in the secondary system is vital, forexample, time-tagged events logged during disturbances.This information is used for different purposes in the shortterm (for example corrective actions) and in the long term (forexample functional analysis).

The event recorder logs all selected binary input signalsconnected to the Disturbance recorder function. Eachrecording can contain up to 150 time-tagged events.

The event recorder information is available for thedisturbances locally in the IED.

The event recording information is an integrated part of thedisturbance record (Comtrade file).

Trip value recorder DRPRDREM12128-3 v7

Information about the pre-fault and fault values for currentsand voltages are vital for the disturbance evaluation.

The Trip value recorder calculates the values of all selectedanalog input signals connected to the Disturbance recorderfunction. The result is magnitude and phase angle before andduring the fault for each analog input signal.

The trip value recorder information is available for thedisturbances locally in the IED.

The trip value recorder information is an integrated part of thedisturbance record (Comtrade file).

Disturbance recorder DRPRDREM12156-3 v10

The Disturbance recorder function supplies fast, completeand reliable information about disturbances in the powersystem. It facilitates understanding system behavior andrelated primary and secondary equipment during and after adisturbance. Recorded information is used for differentpurposes in the short perspective (for example correctiveactions) and long perspective (for example functionalanalysis).

The Disturbance recorder acquires sampled data fromselected analog- and binary signals connected to theDisturbance recorder function (maximum 40 analog and 128binary signals). The binary signals available are the same asfor the event recorder function.

The function is characterized by great flexibility and is notdependent on the operation of protection functions. It canrecord disturbances not detected by protection functions. Upto ten seconds of data before the trigger instant can be savedin the disturbance file.

The disturbance recorder information for up to 100disturbances are saved in the IED and the local HMI is usedto view the list of recordings.

Event functionM12805-6 v9

When using a Substation Automation system with LON orSPA communication, time-tagged events can be sent atchange or cyclically from the IED to the station level. Theseevents are created from any available signal in the IED that isconnected to the Event function (EVENT). The event functionblock is used for LON and SPA communication.

Analog and double indication values are also transferredthrough EVENT function.

Generic communication function for Single Point indicationSPGAPC

SEMOD55713-5 v7

Generic communication function for Single Point indicationSPGAPC is used to send one single logical signal to othersystems or equipment in the substation.

Generic communication function for Measured ValueMVGAPC

SEMOD55872-5 v9

Generic communication function for Measured ValueMVGAPC function is used to send the instantaneous value ofan analog signal to other systems or equipment in thesubstation. It can also be used inside the same IED, to attacha RANGE aspect to an analog value and to permitmeasurement supervision on that value.

Measured value expander block RANGE_XPSEMOD52450-4 v7

The current and voltage measurements functions (CVMMXN,CMMXU, VMMXU and VNMMXU), current and voltagesequence measurement functions (CMSQI and VMSQI) andIEC 61850 generic communication I/O functions (MVGAPC)are provided with measurement supervision functionality. All

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

40 ABB

Page 41: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

measured values can be supervised with four settable limits:low-low limit, low limit, high limit and high-high limit. Themeasure value expander block (RANGE_XP) has beenintroduced to enable translating the integer output signal fromthe measuring functions to 5 binary signals: below low-lowlimit, below low limit, normal, above high limit or above high-high limit. The output signals can be used as conditions in theconfigurable logic or for alarming purpose.

Gas medium supervision SSIMGGUID-0692CD0D-F33E-4370-AC91-B216CAAAFC28 v5

Gas medium supervision SSIMG is used for monitoring thecircuit breaker condition. Binary information based on the gaspressure in the circuit breaker is used as input signals to thefunction. In addition, the function generates alarms based onreceived information.

Liquid medium supervision SSIMLGUID-3B1A665F-60A5-4343-85F4-AD9C066CBE8D v5

Liquid medium supervision SSIML is used for monitoring thecircuit breaker condition. Binary information based on the oillevel in the circuit breaker is used as input signals to thefunction. In addition, the function generates alarms based onreceived information.

Breaker monitoring SSCBRGUID-E1FD74C3-B9B6-4E11-AA1B-7E7F822FB4DD v10

The breaker monitoring function SSCBR is used to monitordifferent parameters of the breaker condition. The breakerrequires maintenance when the number of operations reachesa predefined value. For a proper functioning of the circuitbreaker, it is essential to monitor the circuit breakeroperation, spring charge indication or breaker wear, traveltime, number of operation cycles and estimate theaccumulated energy during arcing periods.

Fault locator LMBRFLOM13970-3 v12

The accurate fault locator is an essential component tominimize the outages after a persistent fault and/or to pin-point a weak spot on the line.

The fault locator is an impedance measuring function givingthe distance to the fault in km, miles or % of line length. Themain advantage is the high accuracy achieved bycompensating for load current and for the mutual zero-sequence effect on double circuit lines.

The compensation includes setting of the remote and localsources and calculation of the distribution of fault currentsfrom each side. This distribution of fault current, together withrecorded load (pre-fault) currents, is used to exactly calculatethe fault position. The fault can be recalculated with newsource data at the actual fault to further increase theaccuracy.

Especially on heavily loaded long lines, where the sourcevoltage angles can be up to 35-40 degrees apart, theaccuracy can be still maintained with the advancedcompensation included in fault locator.

Event counter with limit supervison L4UFCNT

GUID-13157EAB-1686-4D2E-85DF-EC89768F3572 v5

The 30 limit counter L4UFCNT provides a settable counterwith four independent limits where the number of positiveand/or negative flanks on the input signal are counted againstthe setting values for limits. The output for each limit isactivated when the counted value reaches that limit.

Overflow indication is included for each up-counter.

Running hour-meter (TEILGAPC)GUID-464FB24F-B367-446C-963A-A14841943B87 v1

The Running hour-meter (TEILGAPC) function is a functionthat accumulates the elapsed time when a given binary signalhas been high.

The main features of TEILGAPC are:

• Applicable to very long time accumulation (≤ 99999.9hours)

• Supervision of limit transgression conditions and rollover/overflow

• Possibility to define a warning and alarm with theresolution of 0.1 hours

• Retain any saved accumulation value at a restart• Possibilities for blocking and reset• Possibility for manual addition of accumulated time• Reporting of the accumulated time

14. Metering

Pulse-counter logic PCFCNTM13394-3 v7

Pulse-counter logic (PCFCNT) function counts externallygenerated binary pulses, for instance pulses coming from anexternal energy meter, for calculation of energy consumptionvalues. The pulses are captured by the binary input moduleand then read by the PCFCNT function. A scaled servicevalue is available over the station bus. The special Binaryinput module with enhanced pulse counting capabilities mustbe ordered to achieve this functionality.

Function for energy calculation and demand handling(ETPMMTR)

GUID-6898E29B-DA70-421C-837C-1BBED8C63A7A v2

Measurements function block (CVMMXN) can be used tomeasure active as well as reactive power values. Function forenergy calculation and demand handling (ETPMMTR) usesmeasured active and reactive power as input and calculatesthe accumulated active and reactive energy pulses, in forwardand reverse direction. Energy values can be read orgenerated as pulses. Maximum demand power values arealso calculated by the function. This function includes zeropoint clamping to remove noise from the input signal. Asoutput of this function: periodic energy calculations,integration of energy values, calculation of energy pulses,alarm signals for limit violation of energy values and maximumpower demand, can be found.

The values of active and reactive energies are calculated fromthe input power values by integrating them over a selectedtime tEnergy. The integration of active and reactive energy

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 41

Page 42: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

values will happen in both forward and reverse directions.These energy values are available as output signals and alsoas pulse outputs. Integration of energy values can becontrolled by inputs (STARTACC and STOPACC) and EnaAccsetting and it can be reset to initial values with RSTACCinput.

The maximum demand for active and reactive powers arecalculated for the set time interval tEnergy and these valuesare updated every minute through output channels. Theactive and reactive maximum power demand values arecalculated for both forward and reverse direction and thesevalues can be reset with RSTDMD input.

15. Human machine interface

Local HMIAMU0600442 v14

IEC13000239-2-en.vsd

IEC13000239 V2 EN-US

Figure 13. Local human-machine interface

The LHMI of the IED contains the following elements:• Graphical display capable of showing a user defined single

line diagram and provide an interface for controllingswitchgear.

• Navigation buttons and five user defined command buttonsto shortcuts in the HMI tree or simple commands.

• 15 user defined three-color LEDs.• Communication port for PCM600.

The LHMI is used for setting, monitoring and controlling.

16. Basic IED functions

Time synchronizationM11344-3 v9

The time synchronization function is used to select a commonsource of absolute time for the synchronization of the IEDwhen it is a part of a protection system. This makes itpossible to compare events and disturbance data between allIEDs within a station automation system and in between sub-stations. A common source shall be used for IED and mergingunit when IEC 61850-9-2LE process bus communication isused.

17. Station communication

Communication protocolsM14815-3 v12

Each IED is provided with a communication interface,enabling it to connect to one or many substation levelsystems or equipment, either on the Substation Automation(SA) bus or Substation Monitoring (SM) bus.

Available communication protocols are:

• IEC 61850-8-1 communication protocol• IEC 61850-9-2LE communication protocol• LON communication protocol• SPA or IEC 60870-5-103 communication protocol• DNP3.0 communication protocol

Several protocols can be combined in the same IED.

IEC 61850-8-1 communication protocolM14787-3 v12

IEC 61850 Ed.1 or Ed.2 can be chosen by a setting inPCM600. The IED is equipped with single or double opticalEthernet rear ports (order dependent) for IEC 61850-8-1station bus communication. The IEC 61850-8-1communication is also possible from the electrical Ethernetfront port. IEC 61850-8-1 protocol allows intelligent electricaldevices (IEDs) from different vendors to exchange informationand simplifies system engineering. IED-to-IED communicationusing GOOSE and client-server communication over MMS aresupported. Disturbance recording file (COMTRADE) uploadingcan be done over MMS or FTP.

IEC 61850-9-2LE communication protocolGUID-C3AA21B4-730F-4327-943A-3C77102A80A0 v2

Single optical Ethernet port communication standard IEC61850-9-2LE for process bus is provided. IEC 61850-9-2LEallows Non Conventional Instrument Transformers (NCIT) withMerging Units (MU) or stand alone Meging Units to exchangeinformation with the IED and simplifies SA engineering.

LON communication protocolSEMOD120140-5 v2

Existing stations with ABB station bus LON can be extendedwith use of the optical LON interface. This allows full SAfunctionality including peer-to-peer messaging andcooperation between the IEDs.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

42 ABB

Page 43: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

SPA communication protocolSEMOD120134-5 v1

A single glass or plastic port is provided for the ABB SPAprotocol. This allows extensions of simple substationautomation systems but the main use is for SubstationMonitoring Systems SMS.

IEC 60870-5-103 communication protocolSEMOD120137-5 v3

A single glass or plastic port is provided for the IEC60870-5-103 standard. This allows design of simplesubstation automation systems including equipment fromdifferent vendors. Disturbance files uploading is provided.

DNP3.0 communication protocolSEMOD153688-5 v1

An electrical RS485 and an optical Ethernet port is availablefor the DNP3.0 communication. DNP3.0 Level 2communication with unsolicited events, time synchronizingand disturbance reporting is provided for communication toRTUs, Gateways or HMI systems.

Multiple command and transmitM14791-3 v3

When IEDs are used in Substation Automation systems withLON, SPA or IEC 60870-5-103 communication protocols, theEvent and Multiple Command function blocks are used as thecommunication interface for vertical communication to stationHMI and gateway, and as interface for horizontal peer-to-peercommunication (over LON only).

IEC 62439-3 Parallel Redundancy ProtocolGUID-A90FDBA7-D4D7-4CBD-9F05-13DCC9971779 v5

Redundant station bus communication according to IEC62439-3 Edition 1 and IEC 62439-3 Edition 2 parallelredundancy protocol (PRP) are available as options whenordering IEDs. Redundant station bus communicationaccording to IEC 62439-3 uses both port AB and port CD onthe OEM module.

18. Remote communication

Analog and binary signal transfer to remote endM12449-6 v2

Three analog and eight binary signals can be exchangedbetween two IEDs. This functionality is mainly used for theline differential protection. However it can be used in otherproducts as well. An IED can communicate with up to 4remote IEDs.

Binary signal transfer to remote end, 192 signalsM13458-3 v4

If the communication channel is used for transfer of binarysignals only, up to 192 binary signals can be exchangedbetween two IEDs. For example, this functionality can beused to send information such as status of primaryswitchgear apparatus or intertripping signals to the remoteIED. An IED can communicate with up to 4 remote IEDs.

Line data communication module, short, medium and longrange LDCM

SEMOD168481-4 v7

The line data communication module (LDCM) is used forcommunication between the IEDs situated at distances <110km/68 miles or from the IED to optical to electrical converter

with G.703 or G.703E1 interface located on a distances < 3km/1.9 miles away. The LDCM module sends and receivesdata, to and from another LDCM module. The IEEE/ANSIC37.94 standard format is used.

Galvanic X.21 line data communication module X.21-LDCMGUID-3C6C7DAC-1DB1-4CB8-991F-3B1D86551F28 v3

A module with built-in galvanic X.21 converter which e.g. canbe connected to modems for pilot wires is also available.

Galvanic interface G.703 resp G.703E1M16035-3 v4

The external galvanic data communication converter G.703/G.703E1 makes an optical-to-galvanic conversion forconnection to a multiplexer. These units are designed for 64kbit/s resp 2Mbit/s operation. The converter is delivered with19” rack mounting accessories.

19. Hardware description

Hardware modulesIP14529-1 v1

Power supply module PSMM11595-3 v5

The power supply module is used to provide the correctinternal voltages and full isolation between the IED and thebattery system. An internal fail alarm output is available.

Binary input module BIMM1769-3 v4

The binary input module has 16 optically isolated inputs andis available in two versions, one standard and one withenhanced pulse counting capabilities on the inputs to beused with the pulse counter function. The binary inputs arefreely programmable and can be used for the input of logicalsignals to any of the functions. They can also be included inthe disturbance recording and event-recording functions. Thisenables extensive monitoring and evaluation of operation ofthe IED and for all associated electrical circuits.

Binary output module BOMM6938-3 v4

The binary output module has 24 independent output relaysand is used for trip output or any signaling purpose.

Static binary output module SOMSEMOD174196-4 v4

The static binary output module has six fast static outputsand six change over output relays for use in applications withhigh speed requirements.

Binary input/output module IOMM6939-3 v6

The binary input/output module is used when only a few inputand output channels are needed. The ten standard outputchannels are used for trip output or any signaling purpose.The two high speed signal output channels are used forapplications where short operating time is essential. Eightoptically isolated binary inputs cater for required binary inputinformation.

mA input module MIMM15020-3 v4

The milli-ampere input module is used to interface transducersignals in the –20 to +20 mA range from for example OLTCposition, temperature or pressure transducers. The modulehas six independent, galvanically separated channels.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 43

Page 44: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Optical ethernet module OEMM16073-3 v6

The optical fast-ethernet module is used for fast andinterference-free communication of synchrophasor data overIEEE C37.118 and/or IEEE 1344 protocols. It is also used toconnect an IED to the communication buses (like the stationbus) that use the IEC 61850-8-1 protocol (OEM rear port A,B). The process bus use the IEC 61850-9-2LE protocol (OEMrear port C, D). The module has one or two optical ports withST connectors.

Serial and LON communication module SLM, supportsSPA/IEC 60870-5-103, LON and DNP 3.0

M14933-3 v4

The serial and LON communication module (SLM) is used forSPA, IEC 60870-5-103, DNP3 and LON communication. Themodule has two optical communication ports for plastic/plastic, plastic/glass or glass/glass. One port is used for serialcommunication (SPA, IEC 60870-5-103 and DNP3 port) andone port is dedicated for LON communication.

Line data communication module LDCMM16075-3 v4

Each module has one optical port, one for each remote endto which the IED communicates.

Alternative cards for Long range (1550 nm single mode),Medium range (1310 nm single mode) and Short range (850nm multi mode) are available.

Galvanic X.21 line data communication module X.21-LDCMGUID-D02150FC-54F5-4CE4-8D3D-9F8796B6A527 v3

The galvanic X.21 line data communication module is used forconnection to telecommunication equipment, for exampleleased telephone lines. The module supports 64 kbit/s datacommunication between IEDs.

Examples of applications:

• Line differential protection• Binary signal transfer

Galvanic RS485 serial communication moduleSEMOD158664-5 v3

The Galvanic RS485 communication module (RS485) is usedfor DNP3.0 and IEC 60870-5-103 communication. Themodule has one RS485 communication port. The RS485 is abalanced serial communication that can be used either in 2-wire or 4-wire connections. A 2-wire connection uses thesame signal for RX and TX and is a multidrop communicationwith no dedicated Master or slave. This variant requireshowever a control of the output. The 4-wire connection hasseparated signals for RX and TX multidrop communicationwith a dedicated Master and the rest are slaves. No specialcontrol signal is needed in this case.

GPS time synchronization module GTMM14851-3 v4

This module includes a GPS receiver used for timesynchronization. The GPS has one SMA contact forconnection to an antenna. It also includes an optical PPS ST-connector output.

IRIG-B Time synchronizing module

SEMOD141113-4 v7

The IRIG-B time synchronizing module is used for accuratetime synchronizing of the IED from a station clock.

The Pulse Per Second (PPS) input shall be used forsynchronizing when IEC 61850-9-2LE is used.

Electrical (BNC) and optical connection (ST) for 0XX and 12XIRIG-B support.

Transformer input module TRMM14875-3 v9

The transformer input module is used to galvanically separateand adapt the secondary currents and voltages generated bythe measuring transformers. The module has twelve inputs indifferent combinations of currents and voltage inputs.

Alternative connectors of Ring lug or Compression type canbe ordered.

High impedance resistor unitM16727-3 v2

The high impedance resistor unit, with resistors for pick-upvalue setting and a voltage dependent resistor, is available ina single phase unit and a three phase unit. Both are mountedon a 1/1 19 inch apparatus plate with compression typeterminals.

Layout and dimensionsIP14539-1 v1

DimensionsIP14826-1 v1M15243-4 v6

CB

D

E

A

IEC08000163-2-en.vsdIEC08000163 V2 EN-US

Figure 14. Case with rear cover

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

44 ABB

Page 45: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

xx08000165.vsd

JG

F

K

H

IEC08000165 V1 EN-US

Figure 15. Case with rear cover and 19” rack mounting kit

IEC06000182-2-en.vsdIEC06000182 V2 EN-US

Figure 16. A 1/2 x 19” size IED side-by-side with RHGS6.

M15243-12 v7

Case size(mm)/(inches)

A B C D E F G H J K

6U, 1/2 x 19” 265.9/10.47

223.7/8.81

242.1/9.53

255.8/10.07

205.7/8.10

190.5/7.50

203.7/8.02

- 228.6/9.00

-

6U, 3/4 x 19” 265.9/10.47

336.0/13.23

242.1/9.53

255.8/10.07

318.0/12.52

190.5/7.50

316.0/12.4

- 228.6/9.00

-

6U, 1/1 x 19” 265.9/10.47

448.3/17.65

242.1/9.53

255.8/10.07

430.3/16.86

190.5/7.50

428.3/16.86

465.1/18.31

228.6/9.00

482.6/19.00

The H and K dimensions are defined by the 19” rack mounting kit.

Mounting alternativesM16079-3 v12

• 19” rack mounting kit• Flush mounting kit with cut-out dimensions:

– 1/2 case size (h) 254.3 mm/10.01” (w) 210.1 mm/8.27”

– 3/4 case size (h) 254.3 mm/10.01” (w) 322.4 mm/12.69”

– 1/1 case size (h) 254.3 mm/10.01” (w) 434.7 mm/17.11”

• Wall mounting kit

See ordering for details about available mounting alternatives.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 45

Page 46: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

20. Connection diagrams

Connection diagramsGUID-CF4EFFA5-3081-4FC7-9A14-ED127C3C0FDE v3

The connection diagrams are delivered on the IEDConnectivity package DVD as part of the product delivery.

The latest versions of the connection diagrams can bedownloaded from http://www.abb.com/substationautomation.

Connection diagrams for Customized products

Connection diagram, 670 series 2.11MRK002801-AF

Connection diagrams for Configured products

Connection diagram, REL670 2.1, A21 1MRK002803-ME

Connection diagram, REL670 2.1, A31 1MRK002803-MA

Connection diagram, REL670 2.1, B31 1MRK002803-MB

Connection diagram, REL670 2.1, A32 1MRK002803-MC

Connection diagram, REL670 2.1, B32 1MRK002803-MD

Connection diagrams for Customized products

Connection diagram, 670 series 2.1 1MRK002802-AF

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

46 ABB

Page 47: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

21. Technical data

GeneralIP11376-1 v2M10993-1 v3

Definitions

Reference value The specified value of an influencing factor to which are referred the characteristics of the equipment

Nominal range The range of values of an influencing quantity (factor) within which, under specified conditions, the equipment meets thespecified requirements

Operative range The range of values of a given energizing quantity for which the equipment, under specified conditions, is able to perform itsintended functions according to the specified requirements

Energizing quantities, rated values and limitsIP15765-1 v2

Analog inputsIP15842-1 v1M16988-1 v9

Table 7. TRM - Energizing quantities, rated values and limits for protection transformer modules

Quantity Rated value Nominal range

Current Ir = 1 or 5 A (0.2-40) × Ir

Operative range (0-100) x Ir

Permissive overload 4 × Ir cont.100 × Ir for 1 s *)

Burden < 150 mVA at Ir = 5 A< 20 mVA at Ir = 1 A

Ac voltage Ur = 110 V 0.5–288 V

Operative range (0–340) V

Permissive overload 420 V cont.450 V 10 s

Burden < 20 mVA at 110 V

Frequency fr = 50/60 Hz ±5%

*) max. 350 A for 1 s when COMBITEST test switch is included.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 47

Page 48: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 8. TRM - Energizing quantities, rated values and limits for measuring transformer modules

Quantity Rated value Nominal range

Current Ir = 1 or 5 A (0-1.8) × Irat Ir = 1 A(0-1.6) × Irat Ir = 5 A

Permissive overload 1.1 × Ir cont.1.8 × Ir for 30 min at Ir = 1 A1.6 × Ir for 30 min at Ir = 5 A

Burden < 350 mVA at Ir = 5 A< 200 mVA at Ir = 1 A

Ac voltage Ur = 110 V 0.5–288 V

Operative range (0–340) V

Permissive overload 420 V cont.450 V 10 s

Burden < 20 mVA at 110 V

Frequency fr = 50/60 Hz ±5%

M6389-1 v4

Table 9. MIM - mA input module

Quantity: Rated value: Nominal range:

Input resistance Rin = 194 Ohm -

Input range ±5, ±10, ±20mA0-5, 0-10, 0-20, 4-20mA

-

Power consumptioneach mA-boardeach mA input

£ 2 W£ 0.1 W

-

SEMOD55310-2 v8

Table 10. OEM - Optical ethernet module

Quantity Rated value

Number of channels 1 or 2 (port A, B for IEC 61850-8-1 / IEEE C37.118 and port C, D for IEC 61850-9-2LE / IEEEC37.118)

Standard IEEE 802.3u 100BASE-FX

Type of fiber 62.5/125 mm multimode fibre

Wave length 1300 nm

Optical connector Type ST

Communication speed Fast Ethernet 100 Mbit/s

Auxiliary DC voltageIP15843-1 v3M12286-1 v4

Table 11. PSM - Power supply module

Quantity Rated value Nominal range

Auxiliary dc voltage, EL (input) EL = (24 - 60) VEL = (90 - 250) V

EL ±20%EL ±20%

Power consumption 50 W typically -

Auxiliary DC power in-rush < 10 A during 0.1 s -

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

48 ABB

Page 49: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Binary inputs and outputsIP15844-1 v1M12576-1 v7

Table 12. BIM - Binary input module

Quantity Rated value Nominal range

Binary inputs 16 -

DC voltage, RL 24/30 V48/60 V110/125 V220/250 V

RL ±20%RL ±20%RL ±20%RL ±20%

Power consumption24/30 V, 50mA48/60 V, 50mA110/125 V, 50mA220/250 V, 50mA220/250 V, 110mA

max. 0.05 W/inputmax. 0.1 W/inputmax. 0.2 W/inputmax. 0.4 W/inputmax. 0.5 W/input

-

Counter input frequency 10 pulses/s max -

Oscillating signal discriminator Blocking settable 1–40 HzRelease settable 1–30 Hz

Debounce filter Settable 1–20ms

Maximum 176 binary input channels maybe activated simultaneously with influencingfactors within nominal range.

M50609-2 v6

Table 13. BIM - Binary input module with enhanced pulse counting capabilities

Quantity Rated value Nominal range

Binary inputs 16 -

DC voltage, RL 24/30 V48/60 V110/125 V220/250 V

RL ±20%RL ±20%RL ±20%RL ±20%

Power consumption24/30 V48/60 V110/125 V220/250 V

max. 0.05 W/inputmax. 0.1 W/inputmax. 0.2 W/inputmax. 0.4 W/input

-

Counter input frequency 10 pulses/s max -

Balanced counter input frequency 40 pulses/s max -

Oscillating signal discriminator Blocking settable 1–40 HzRelease settable 1–30 Hz

Debounce filter Settable 1-20 ms

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 49

Page 50: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Maximum 176 binary input channels maybe activated simultaneously with influencingfactors within nominal range.

M12573-1 v8

Table 14. IOM - Binary input/output module

Quantity Rated value Nominal range

Binary inputs 8 -

DC voltage, RL 24/30 V48/60 V110/125 V220/250 V

RL ±20%RL ±20%RL ±20%RL ±20%

Power consumption24/30 V, 50 mA48/60 V, 50 mA110/125 V, 50 mA220/250 V, 50 mA220/250 V, 110 mA

max. 0.05 W/inputmax. 0.1 W/inputmax. 0.2 W/inputmax. 0.4 W/inputmax. 0.5 W/input

-

Counter input frequency 10 pulses/s max

Oscillating signal discriminator Blocking settable 1-40 HzRelease settable 1-30 Hz

Debounce filter Settable 1-20 ms

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

50 ABB

Page 51: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Maximum 176 binary input channels maybe activated simultaneously with influencingfactors within nominal range.

M12318-1 v6

Table 15. IOM - Binary input/output module contact data (reference standard: IEC 61810-2)

Function or quantity Trip and signal relays Fast signal relays (parallelreed relay)

Binary outputs 10 2

Max system voltage 250 V AC, DC 250 V DC

Test voltage across open contact, 1 min 1000 V rms 800 V DC

Current carrying capacityPer relay, continuousPer relay, 1 sPer process connector pin, continuous

8 A10 A12 A

8 A10 A12 A

Making capacity at inductive load with L/R>10 ms 0.2 s1.0 s

30 A10 A

0.4 A0.4 A

Making capacity at resistive load 0.2 s1.0 s

30 A10 A

220–250 V/0.4 A110–125 V/0.4 A48–60 V/0.2 A24–30 V/0.1 A

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 51

Page 52: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 15. IOM - Binary input/output module contact data (reference standard: IEC 61810-2), continued

Function or quantity Trip and signal relays Fast signal relays (parallelreed relay)

Breaking capacity for AC, cos φ > 0.4 250 V/8.0 A 250 V/8.0 A

Breaking capacity for DC with L/R < 40 ms 48 V/1 A110 V/0.4 A125 V/0.35 A220 V/0.2 A250 V/0.15 A

48 V/1 A110 V/0.4 A125 V/0.35 A220 V/0.2 A250 V/0.15 A

Maximum capacitive load - 10 nFM12584-1 v5

Table 16. IOM with MOV and IOM 220/250 V, 110mA - contact data (reference standard: IEC 61810-2)

Function or quantity Trip and Signal relays Fast signal relays (parallel reed relay)

Binary outputs IOM: 10 IOM: 2

Max system voltage 250 V AC, DC 250 V DC

Test voltage across opencontact, 1 min

250 V rms 250 V rms

Current carrying capacityPer relay, continuousPer relay, 1 sPer process connector pin,continuous

8 A10 A12 A

8 A10 A12 A

Making capacity at inductiveloadwith L/R>10 ms0.2 s1.0 s

30 A10 A

0.4 A0.4 A

Making capacity at resistive load 0.2 s1.0 s

30 A10 A

220–250 V/0.4 A110–125 V/0.4 A48–60 V/0.2 A24–30 V/0.1 A

Breaking capacity for AC, cosj>0.4

250 V/8.0 A 250 V/8.0 A

Breaking capacity for DC withL/R < 40 ms

48 V/1 A110 V/0.4 A220 V/0.2 A250 V/0.15 A

48 V/1 A110 V/0.4 A220 V/0.2 A250 V/0.15 A

Maximum capacitive load - 10 nF

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

52 ABB

Page 53: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

SEMOD175395-2 v6

Table 17. SOM - Static Output Module (reference standard: IEC 61810-2): Static binary outputs

Function of quantity Static binary output trip

Rated voltage 48 - 60 VDC 110 - 250 VDC

Number of outputs 6 6

Impedance open state ~300 kΩ ~810 kΩ

Test voltage across open contact, 1 min No galvanic separation No galvanic separation

Current carrying capacity:

Continuous 5A 5A

1.0s 10A 10A

Making capacity at capacitive load with themaximum capacitance of 0.2 μF :

0.2s 30A 30A

1.0s 10A 10A

Breaking capacity for DC with L/R ≤ 40ms 48V / 1A 110V / 0.4A

60V / 0.75A 125V / 0.35A

220V / 0.2A

250V / 0.15A

Operating time <1ms <1ms

Table 18. SOM - Static Output module data (reference standard: IEC 61810-2): Electromechanical relay outputs

Function of quantity Trip and signal relays

Max system voltage 250V AC/DC

Number of outputs 6

Test voltage across open contact, 1 min 1000V rms

Current carrying capacity:

Continuous 8A

1.0s 10A

Making capacity at capacitive load with the maximum capacitance of0.2 μF:

0.2s 30A

1.0s 10A

Breaking capacity for DC with L/R ≤ 40ms 48V / 1A

110V / 0.4A

125V / 0.35A

220V / 0.2A

250V / 0.15A

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 53

Page 54: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

M12441-1 v7

Table 19. BOM - Binary output module contact data (reference standard: IEC 61810-2)

Function or quantity Trip and Signal relays

Binary outputs 24

Max system voltage 250 V AC, DC

Test voltage across open contact, 1 min 1000 V rms

Current carrying capacityPer relay, continuousPer relay, 1 sPer process connector pin, continuous

8 A10 A12 A

Making capacity at inductive load with L/R>10 ms0.2 s1.0 s

30 A10 A

Breaking capacity for AC, cos j>0.4 250 V/8.0 A

Breaking capacity for DC with L/R < 40 ms 48 V/1 A110 V/0.4 A125 V/0.35 A220 V/0.2 A250 V/0.15 A

Influencing factorsIP15846-1 v1M16705-1 v9

Table 20. Temperature and humidity influence

Parameter Reference value Nominal range Influence

Ambient temperature, operatevalue

+20°C -10 °C to +55°C 0.02% / °C

Relative humidityOperative range

10%-90%0%-95%

10%-90% -

Storage temperature - -40 °C to +70 °C -

Table 21. Auxiliary DC supply voltage influence on functionality during operation

Dependence on Reference value Within nominalrange

Influence

Ripple, in DC auxiliary voltageOperative range

max. 2%Full wave rectified

15% of EL 0.01% / %

Auxiliary voltage dependence, operatevalue

±20% of EL 0.01% / %

Interrupted auxiliary DC voltage

24-60 V DC ± 20% 90-250 V DC ±20%

Interruptioninterval0–50 ms

No restart

0–∞ s Correct behaviour at power down

Restart time <300 s

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

54 ABB

Page 55: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 22. Frequency influence (reference standard: IEC 60255–1)

Dependence on Within nominal range Influence

Frequency dependence, operate value fr ±2.5 Hz for 50 Hzfr ±3.0 Hz for 60 Hz

±1.0% / Hz

Frequency dependence for distance protection operate value fr ±2.5 Hz for 50 Hzfr ±3.0 Hz for 60 Hz

±2.0% / Hz

Harmonic frequency dependence (20% content) 2nd, 3rd and 5th harmonic of fr ±2.0%

Harmonic frequency dependence for distance protection (10%content)

2nd, 3rd and 5th harmonic of fr ±10.0%

Harmonic frequency dependence for high impedance differentialprotection (10% content)

2nd, 3rd and 5th harmonic of fr ±10.0%

Harmonic frequency dependence for overcurrent protection 2nd, 3rd and 5th harmonic of fr ±3.0% / Hz

Type tests according to standardsIP15778-1 v1M16706-1 v8

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 55

Page 56: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 23. Electromagnetic compatibility

Test Type test values Reference standards

1 MHz burst disturbance 2.5 kV IEC 60255-26

100 kHz slow damped oscillatory wave immunity test 2.5 kV IEC 61000-4-18, Class III

Ring wave immunity test, 100 kHz 2-4 kV IEC 61000-4-12, Class IV

Surge withstand capability test 2.5 kV, oscillatory4.0 kV, fast transient

IEEE/ANSI C37.90.1

Electrostatic dischargeDirect applicationIndirect application

15 kV air discharge8 kV contact discharge8 kV contact discharge

IEC 60255-26 IEC 61000-4-2, Class IV

Electrostatic dischargeDirect applicationIndirect application

15 kV air discharge8 kV contact discharge8 kV contact discharge

IEEE/ANSI C37.90.1

Fast transient disturbance 4 kV IEC 60255-26, Zone A

Surge immunity test 2-4 kV, 1.2/50 mshigh energy

IEC 60255-26, Zone A

Power frequency immunity test 150-300 V, 50 Hz IEC 60255-26, Zone A

Conducted common mode immunity test 15 Hz-150 kHz IEC 61000-4-16, Class IV

Power frequency magnetic field test 1000 A/m, 3 s100 A/m, cont.

IEC 61000-4-8, Class V

Pulse magnetic field immunity test 1000 A/m IEC 61000–4–9, Class V

Damped oscillatory magnetic field test 100 A/m IEC 61000-4-10, Class V

Radiated electromagnetic field disturbance 20 V/m, 80-1000 MHz 1.4-2.7 GHz

IEC 60255-26

Radiated electromagnetic field disturbance 20 V/m80-1000 MHz

IEEE/ANSI C37.90.2

Conducted electromagnetic field disturbance 10 V, 0.15-80 MHz IEC 60255-26

Radiated emission 30-5000 MHz IEC 60255-26

Radiated emission 30-5000 MHz IEEE/ANSI C63.4, FCC

Conducted emission 0.15-30 MHz IEC 60255-26

Table 24. Insulation

Test Type test values Reference standard

Dielectric test 2.0 kV AC, 1 min. IEC 60255-27ANSI C37.90

Impulse voltage test 5 kV, 1.2/50 ms, 0.5 J

Insulation resistance >100 MW at 500 VDC

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

56 ABB

Page 57: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 25. Environmental tests

Test Type test value Reference standard

Cold operation test Test Ad for 16 h at -25°C IEC 60068-2-1

Cold storage test Test Ab for 16 h at -40°C IEC 60068-2-1

Dry heat operation test Test Bd for 16 h at +70°C IEC 60068-2-2

Dry heat storage test Test Bb for 16 h at +85°C IEC 60068-2-2

Change of temperature test Test Nb for 5 cycles at -25°C to +70°C IEC 60068-2-14

Damp heat test, steady state Test Ca for 10 days at +40°C and humidity 93% IEC 60068-2-78

Damp heat test, cyclic Test Db for 6 cycles at +25 to +55°C and humidity 93 to 95% (1 cycle =24 hours)

IEC 60068-2-30

Table 26. CE compliance

Test According to

Immunity EN 60255–26

Emissivity EN 60255–26

Low voltage directive EN 60255–27

Table 27. Mechanical tests

Test Type test values Reference standards

Vibration response test Class II IEC 60255-21-1

Vibration endurance test Class I IEC 60255-21-1

Shock response test Class I IEC 60255-21-2

Shock withstand test Class I IEC 60255-21-2

Bump test Class I IEC 60255-21-2

Seismic test Class II IEC 60255-21-3

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 57

Page 58: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Differential protectionM13081-1 v11

Table 28. 1Ph High impedance differential protection HZPDIF

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate voltage (10-900) VI=U/R

±1.0% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Reset ratio >95% at (30-900) V -

Maximum continuous power U>Trip2/SeriesResistor ≤200 W -

Operate time at 0 to 10 x Ud Min. = 5 msMax. = 15 ms

Reset time at 10 to 0 x Ud Min. = 75 msMax. = 95 ms

Critical impulse time 2 ms typically at 0 to 10 x Ud -

Operate time at 0 to 2 x Ud Min. = 25 msMax. = 35 ms

Reset time at 2 to 0 x Ud Min. = 50 msMax. = 70 ms

Critical impulse time 15 ms typically at 0 to 2 x Ud -

GUID-0BD8D3C9-620A-426C-BDB5-DAA0E4F8247F v4

Table 29. Additional security logic for differential protection LDRGFC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate current, zero sequence current (1-100)% of lBase ±1.0% of Ir

Operate current, low current operation (1-100)% of lBase ±1.0% of Ir

Operate voltage, phase to neutral (1-100)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Operate voltage, phase to phase (1-100)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Independent time delay, zero sequence current at 0 to 2 x Iset (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±40 mswhichever is greater

Independent time delay, low current operation at 2 x Iset to 0 (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ± 40 mswhichever is greater

Independent time delay, low voltage operation at 2 x Uset to 0 (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±40 mswhichever is greater

Reset time delay for startup signal at 0 to 2 x Uset (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±40 mswhichever is greater

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

58 ABB

Page 59: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Impedance protectionM13842-1 v15

Table 30. Distance measuring zone, Quad ZMQPDIS

Function Range or value Accuracy

Number of zones Max 5 with selectabledirection

-

Minimum operate residualcurrent, zone 1

(5-1000)% of IBase -

Minimum operate current,phase-to-phase and phase-to-earth

(10-1000)% of IBase -

Positive sequence reactance (0.10-3000.00) Ω/phase ±2.0% static accuracy±2.0 degrees static angular accuracyConditions:Voltage range: (0.1-1.1) x UrCurrent range: (0.5-30) x IrAngle: at 0 degrees and 85 degrees

Positive sequence resistance (0.01-1000.00) Ω/phase

Zero sequence reactance (0.10-9000.00) Ω/phase

Zero sequence resistance (0.01-3000.00) Ω/phase

Fault resistance, phase-to-earth (0.10-9000.00) Ω/loop

Fault resistance, phase-to-phase (0.10-3000.00) Ω/loop

Dynamic overreach <5% at 85 degreesmeasured with CVT’s and0.5<SIR<30

-

Definite time delay Ph-Ph andPh-E operation

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±40 ms whichever is greater

Operate time 25 ms typically IEC 60255-121

Reset ratio 105% typically -

Reset time at 0.1 x Zreach to 2 xZreach

Min. = 20 msMax. = 50 ms

-

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 59

Page 60: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

SEMOD173239-2 v10

Table 31. Distance measuring zone, quadrilateral characteristic for series compensated lines ZMCPDIS, ZMCAPDIS

Function Range or value Accuracy

Number of zones Max 5 with selectable direction -

Minimum operate residualcurrent, zone 1

(5-1000)% of IBase -

Minimum operate current, Ph-Phand Ph-E

(10-1000)% of IBase -

Positive sequence reactance (0.10-3000.00) Ω/phase ±2.0% static accuracy±2.0 degrees static angular accuracyConditions:Voltage range: (0.1-1.1) x UrCurrent range: (0.5-30) x IrAngle: at 0 degrees and 85 degrees

Positive sequence resistance (0.10-1000.00) Ω/phase

Zero sequence reactance (0.01-9000.00) Ω/phase

Zero sequence resistance (0.01-3000.00) Ω/phase

Fault resistance, Ph-E (0.10-9000.00) Ω/loop

Fault resistance, Ph-Ph (0.10-3000.00) Ω/loop

Dynamic overreach <5% at 85 degrees measuredwith CCVT’s and 0.5<SIR<30

-

Definite time delay Ph-Ph andPh-E operation

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ± 35 ms whichever is greater

Operate time 25 ms typically IEC 60255-121

Reset ratio 105% typically -

Reset time at 0.1 x Zreach to 2 xZreach

Min. = 20 msMax. = 50 ms

-

M16024-1 v11

Table 32. Phase selection, quadrilateral characteristic with fixed angle FDPSPDIS

Function Range or value Accuracy

Minimum operate current (5-500)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Reactive reach, positivesequence

(0.50–3000.00) Ω/phase ±2.5% static accuracy±2.0 degrees static angular accuracyConditions:Voltage range: (0.1-1.1) x UrCurrent range: (0.5-30) x IrAngle: at 0 degrees and 85 degrees

Resistive reach, positivesequence

(0.10–1000.00) Ω/phase

Reactive reach, zero sequence (0.50–9000.00) Ω/phase

Resistive reach, zero sequence (0.50–3000.00) Ω/phase

Fault resistance, phase-to-earthfaults, forward and reverse

(1.00–9000.00) Ω/loop

Fault resistance, phase-to-phasefaults, forward and reverse

(0.50–3000.00) Ω/loop

Load encroachment criteria:Load resistance, forward andreverseSafety load impedance angle

(1.00–3000.00) Ω/phase(5-70) degrees

Reset ratio 105% typically -

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

60 ABB

Page 61: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

SEMOD173242-2 v13

Table 33. Full-scheme distance protection, Mho characteristic ZMHPDIS

Function Range or value Accuracy

Number of zones, Ph-E Max 5 with selectable direction -

Minimum operate current (10–30)% of IBase -

Positive sequence impedance,Ph-E loop

(0.005–3000.000) W/phase ±2.0% static accuracyConditions:Voltage range: (0.1-1.1) x UrCurrent range: (0.5-30) x IrAngle: 85 degrees

Positive sequence impedanceangle, Ph-E loop

(10–90) degrees

Reverse reach, Ph-E loop(Magnitude)

(0.005–3000.000) Ω/phase

Magnitude of earth returncompensation factor KN

(0.00–3.00)

Angle for earth compensationfactor KN

(-180–180) degrees

Dynamic overreach <5% at 85 degrees measuredwith CVT’s and 0.5<SIR<30

-

Definite time delay Ph-Ph andPh-E operation

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±60 ms whichever is greater

Operate time 22 ms typically IEC 60255-121

Reset ratio 105% typically -

Reset time at 0.5 to 1.5 x Zreach Min. = 30 msMax. = 45 ms

-

SEMOD173249-2 v7

Table 34. Full-scheme distance protection, quadrilateral for earth faults ZMMPDIS

Function Range or value Accuracy

Number of zones Max 5 with selectable direction -

Minimum operate current (10-30)% of IBase -

Positive sequence reactance (0.50-3000.00) W/phase ±2.0% static accuracy±2.0 degrees static angular accuracyConditions:Voltage range: (0.1-1.1) x UrCurrent range: (0.5-30) x IrAngle: at 0 degrees and 85 degrees

Positive sequence resistance (0.10-1000.00) Ω/phase

Zero sequence reactance (0.50-9000.00) Ω/phase

Zero sequence resistance (0.50-3000.00) Ω/phase

Fault resistance, Ph-E (1.00-9000.00) W/loop

Dynamic overreach <5% at 85 degrees measuredwith CCVT’s and 0.5<SIR<30

-

Definite time delay Ph-Ph andPh-E operation

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±40 ms whichever is greater

Operate time 25 ms typically IEC 60255-121

Reset ratio 105% typically -

Reset time at 0.1 to 2 x Zreach Min. = 20 msMax. = 35 ms

-

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 61

Page 62: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

SEMOD153649-2 v7

Table 35. Faulty phase identification with load encroachment FMPSPDIS

Function Range or value Accuracy

Load encroachment criteria:Load resistance, forward andreverse

(1.00–3000.00) W/phase(5–70) degrees

±2.0% static accuracyConditions:Voltage range: (0.1–1.1) x UrCurrent range: (0.5–30) x IrAngle: at 0 degrees and 85 degrees

GUID-7617A215-AE7C-47CC-B189-4914F530F717 v7

Table 36. Distance measuring zone, quadrilateral characteristic, separate settings ZMRPDIS, ZMRAPDIS

Function Range or value Accuracy

Number of zones Max 5 with selectabledirection

-

Minimum operate residualcurrent, zone 1

(5-1000)% of IBase -

Minimum operate current, phase-to-phase and phase-to-earth

(10-1000)% of IBase -

Positive sequence reactance (0.10-3000.00) Ω/phase

±2.0% static accuracy±2.0 degrees static angular accuracyConditions:Voltage range: (0.1-1.1) x UrCurrent range: (0.5-30) x IrAngle: at 0 degrees and 85 degrees

Positive sequence resistance (0.01-1000.00) Ω/phase

Zero sequence reactance (0.10-9000.00) Ω/phase

Zero sequence resistance (0.01-3000.00) Ω/phase

Fault resistance, phase-to-earth (0.10-9000.00) Ω/loop

Fault resistance, phase-to-phase (0.10-3000.00) Ω/loop

Dynamic overreach <5% at 85 degreesmeasured with CVT’sand 0.5<SIR<30

-

Definite time delay phase-phaseand phase-earth operation

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±40 ms whichever is greater

Operate time 25 ms typically IEC 60255-121

Reset ratio 105% typically -

Reset time at 0.1 x Zreach to 2 xZreach

Min. = 20 msMax. =50 ms

-

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

62 ABB

Page 63: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

GUID-9E13C38A-3B6D-402B-98A6-6CDA20632CE7 v4

Table 37. Phase selection with load encroachment, quadrilateral characteristic FRPSPDIS

Function Range or value Accuracy

Minimum operate current (5-500)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Reactive reach, positivesequence

(0.50–3000.00) Ω/phase ±2.0% static accuracy±2.0 degrees static angular accuracyConditions:Voltage range: (0.1-1.1) x UrCurrent range: (0.5-30) x IrAngle: at 0 degrees and 85 degrees

Resistive reach, positivesequence

(0.10–1000.00) Ω/phase

Reactive reach, zero sequence (0.50–9000.00) Ω/phase

Resistive reach, zero sequence (0.50–3000.00) Ω/phase

Fault resistance, Ph-E faults,forward and reverse

(1.00–9000.00) Ω/loop

Fault resistance, Ph-Ph faults,forward and reverse

(0.50–3000.00) Ω/loop

Load encroachment criteria:Load resistance, forward andreverseSafety load impedance angle

(1.00–3000.00) Ω/phase(5-70) degrees

Reset ratio 105% typically -GUID-6C2EF52A-8166-4A23-9861-38931682AA7D v4

Table 38. High speed distance protection ZMFPDIS, ZMFCPDIS

Function Range or value Accuracy

Number of zones 3 selectabledirections, 3 fixeddirections

-

Minimum operate current, Ph-Phand Ph-E

(5-6000)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir

Positive sequence reactancereach, Ph-E and Ph-Ph loop

(0.01 - 3000.00) ohm/phase

±2.0% of static accuracy±2.0 degrees static angular accuracyConditions:Voltage range: (0.1-1.1) x UrCurrent range: (0.5-30) x IrAngle: At 0 degrees and 85 degrees

Positive sequence resistancereach, Ph-E and Ph-Ph loop

(0.00 - 1000.00) ohm/phase

Zero sequence reactance reach (0.01 - 9000.00)ohm/p

Zero sequence resistive reach (0.00 - 3000.00)ohm/p

Fault resistance reach, Ph-E andPh-Ph

(0.01 -9000.00) ohm/l

Dynamic overreach < 5% at 85 degreesmeasured with CVTsand 0.5 < SIR < 30

Definite time delay to trip, Ph-Eand Ph-Ph operation

(0.000-60.000) s ±2.0% or ±35 ms whichever is greater

Operate time 16 ms typically IEC 60255-121

Reset time at 0.1 to 2 x Zreach Min. = 20 msMax. = 35 ms

-

Reset ratio 105% typically -

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 63

Page 64: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

GUID-16656307-6B43-47B5-8817-48638FFB5999 v3

Table 39. Distance zones quad with high speed distance for series compensated networks ZMFCPDIS

Function Range or value Accuracy

Number of zones 3 selectabledirections, 3 fixeddirections

-

Minimum operate current, Ph-Phand Ph-E

(5 - 6000)% of IBase ±1.0% of In

Positive sequence reactancereach, Ph-E and Ph-Ph loop

(30 - 3000) Ω/phase

" +- 2.0% static accuracy +- 2.0 deg static angular accuracy Conditions: Voltagerange: (0.1 - 1.1) x Ur Current range: (0.5 - 30) x Ir Angle: At 0 deg and 85 deg"

Positive sequence resistancereach, Ph-E and Ph-Ph loop

(30 - 3000) Ω/phase

Zero sequence reactance reach (100.00 - 9000.00)Ω/p

Zero sequence resistive reach (15.00 - 3000.00) Ω/p

Fault resistance reach, Ph-E andPh-Ph

(1.00 - 9000.00) Ω/l

Dynamic overreach < 5% at 85 degmeasured with CVT'sand 0.5 < SIR <30

Definite time delay to trip, Ph-Eand Ph-Ph operation

(0.000 - 60.000) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever is greater

Operate time 16 ms typically IEC 60255-121

Reset time at 0.1 to 2 x Zreach Min = 20 ms-

Max = 35 ms

Reset ratio 105% typically -M16036-1 v10

Table 40. Power swing detection ZMRPSB

Function Range or value Accuracy

Reactive reach (0.10-3000.00) W/phase

±2.0% static accuracyConditions:Voltage range: (0.1-1.1) x UrCurrent range: (0.5-30) x IrAngle: at 0 degrees and 85 degreesResistive reach (0.10–1000.00) W/loop

Power swing detection operatetime

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±10 ms whichever is greater

Second swing reclaim operatetime

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±20 ms whichever is greater

Minimum operate current (5-30)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

64 ABB

Page 65: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

SEMOD171935-5 v5

Table 41. Power swing logic PSLPSCH

Function Range or value Accuracy

Permitted maximumoperating time differencebetween higher and lowerzone

(0.000 — 60.0000) s ±0,2% or ±15 ms whichever is greater

Delay for operation ofunderreach zone withdetected difference inoperating time

(0.000 — 60.0000) s ±0,2% or ±15 ms whichever is greater

Conditional timer for sendingthe CS at power swings

(0.000 — 60.0000) s ±0,2% or ±15 ms whichever is greater

Conditional timer for trippingat power swings

(0.000 — 60.0000) s ±0,2% or ±15 ms whichever is greater

Timer for blocking theoverreaching zones trip

(0.000 — 60.0000) s ±0,2% or ±15 ms whichever is greater

GUID-88E02516-1BFE-4075-BEEB-027484814697 v2

Table 42. Pole slip protection PSPPPAM

Function Range or value Accuracy

Impedance reach (0.00 - 1000.00)% of Zbase ±2.0% of Ur/Ir

Zone 1 and Zone 2 trip counters (1 - 20) -SEMOD175136-2 v8

Table 43. Out-of-step protection OOSPPAM

Function Range or value Accuracy

Impedance reach (0.00 - 1000.00)% of Zbase ±2.0% of Ur/(√3 ⋅ Ir)

Rotor start angle (90.0 - 130.0) degrees ±5.0 degrees

Rotor trip angle (15.0 - 90.0) degrees ±5.0 degrees

Zone 1 and Zone 2 trip counters (1 - 20) -

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 65

Page 66: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

GUID-BACA37F7-E945-40BC-BF9D-A65BFC96CA91 v7

Table 44. Phase preference logic PPLPHIZ

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate value, phase-to-phaseand phase-to-neutralundervoltage

(1 - 100)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Reset ratio, undervoltage < 105% -

Operate value, residual voltage (5 - 300)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur at U ≤ Ur±0.5% of U at U > Ur

Reset ratio, residual voltage > 95% -

Operate value, residual current (10 - 200)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Reset ratio, residual current > 95% -

Independent time delay forresidual current at 0 to 2 x Iset

(0.000 - 60.000) s ±0.2% or ±25 ms whichever is greater

Independent time delay forresidual voltage at 0.8 to 1.2 xUset

(0.000 - 60.000) s ±0.2% or ±25 ms whichever is greater

Independent dropoff-delay forresidual voltage at 1.2 to 0.8 xUset

(0.000 - 60.000) s ±0.2% or ±25 ms whichever is greater

Operating mode No Filter, NoPrefCyclic: 1231c, 1321cAcyclic: 123a, 132a, 213a, 231a, 312a,321a

M16043-1 v11

Table 45. Automatic switch onto fault logic ZCVPSOF

Parameter Range or value Accuracy

Operate voltage, detection of dead line (1–100)% ofUBase

±0.5% of Ur

Operate current, detection of dead line (1–100)% ofIBase

±1.0% of Ir

Time delay to operate for the switch onto faultfunction

(0.03-120.00) s ±0.2% or ±20 ms whichever is greater

Time delay for UI detection (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±20 ms whichever is greater

Delay time for activation of dead line detection (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±20 ms whichever is greater

Drop-off delay time of switch onto fault function (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±30 ms whichever is greater

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

66 ABB

Page 67: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Current protectionM12336-1 v11

Table 46. Instantaneous phase overcurrent protection PHPIOC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate current (5-2500)% of lBase ±1.0% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Reset ratio > 95% at (50–2500)% of IBase -

Operate time at 0 to 2 x Iset Min. = 15 msMax. = 25 ms

-

Reset time at 2 to 0 x Iset Min. = 15 msMax. = 25 ms

-

Critical impulse time 10 ms typically at 0 to 2 x Iset -

Operate time at 0 to 10 x Iset Min. = 5msMax. = 15ms

-

Reset time at 10 to 0 x Iset Min. = 25msMax. = 40 ms

-

Critical impulse time 2 ms typically at 0 to 10 x Iset -

Dynamic overreach < 5% at t = 100 ms -

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 67

Page 68: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

M12342-1 v16

Table 47. Four-step phase overcurrent protection OC4PTOC

Function Setting range Accuracy

Operate current, step 1 - 4 (5-2500)% of lBase ±1.0% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Reset ratio > 95% at (50–2500)% of lBase -

Minimum operate current, step 1 -4

(1-10000)% of lBase ±1.0% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Relay characteristic angle (RCA) (40.0–65.0) degrees ±2.0 degrees

Relay operating angle (ROA) (40.0–89.0) degrees ±2.0 degrees

Second harmonic blocking (5–100)% of fundamental ±2.0% of Ir

Independent time delay at 0 to 2 xIset, step 1 - 4

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2 % or ±35 ms whichever isgreater

Minimum operate time for inversecurves , step 1 - 4

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2 % or ±35 ms whichever isgreater

Inverse time characteristics, seetable 170, table 171 and table 172

16 curve types See table 170, table 171 and table172

Operate time, start non-directionalat 0 to 2 x Iset

Min. = 15 ms -

Max. = 30 ms

Reset time, start non-directional at2 to 0 x Iset

Min. = 15 ms -

Max. = 30 ms

Operate time, start non-directionalat 0 to 10 x Iset

Min. = 5 msMax. = 20 ms

-

Reset time, start non-directional at10 to 0 x Iset

Min. = 20 msMax. = 35 ms

-

Critical impulse time 10 ms typically at 0 to 2 x Iset -

Impulse margin time 15 ms typically -M12340-2 v8

Table 48. Instantaneous residual overcurrent protection EFPIOC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate current (5-2500)% of lBase ±1.0% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Reset ratio > 95% at (50–2500)% of lBase -

Operate time at 0 to 2 x Iset Min. = 15 msMax. = 25 ms

-

Reset time at 2 to 0 x Iset Min. = 15 msMax. = 25 ms

-

Critical impulse time 10 ms typically at 0 to 2 x Iset -

Operate time at 0 to 10 x Iset Min. = 5 msMax. = 15 ms

-

Reset time at 10 to 0 x Iset Min. = 25 msMax. = 35 ms

-

Critical impulse time 2 ms typically at 0 to 10 x Iset -

Dynamic overreach < 5% at t = 100 ms -

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

68 ABB

Page 69: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

M15223-1 v14

Table 49. Four step residual overcurrent protection EF4PTOC technical data

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate current, step 1 - 4 (1-2500)% of lBase ±1.0% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Reset ratio > 95% at (10-2500)% of lBase -

Relay characteristic angle(RCA)

(-180 to 180) degrees ±2.0 degrees

Operate current for directionalrelease

(1–100)% of lBase For RCA ±60 degrees:±2.5% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±2.5% of I at I > Ir

Independent time delay at 0 to 2x Iset, step 1 - 4

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever isgreater

Minimum operate time forinverse curves, step 1 - 4

(0.000 - 60.000) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever isgreater

Inverse time characteristics, seeTable 170, Table 171 and Table172

16 curve types See Table 170, Table 171 andTable 172

Second harmonic blocking (5–100)% of fundamental ±2.0% of Ir

Minimum polarizing voltage (1–100)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Minimum polarizing current (2-100)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir

Real part of source Z used forcurrent polarization

(0.50-1000.00) W/phase -

Imaginary part of source Z usedfor current polarization

(0.50–3000.00) W/phase -

Operate time, start non-directional at 0 to 2 x Iset

Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Reset time, start non-directionalat 2 to 0 x Iset

Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Operate time, start non-directional at 0 to 10 x Iset

Min. = 5 msMax. = 20 ms

-

Reset time, start non-directionalat 10 to 0 x Iset

Min. = 20 msMax. = 35 ms

-

Critical impulse time 10 ms typically at 0 to 2 x Iset -

Impulse margin time 15 ms typically -

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 69

Page 70: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

GUID-E83AD807-8FE0-4244-A50E-86B9AF92469E v5

Table 50. Four step negative sequence overcurrent protection NS4PTOC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate current, step 1 - 4 (1-2500)% of lBase ±1.0% of Ir at I £ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Reset ratio > 95% at (10-2500)% of IBase -

Independent time delay at 0 to2 x Iset, step 1 - 4

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever isgreater

Minimum operate time forinverse curves, step 1 - 4

(0.000 - 60.000) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever isgreater

Inverse time characteristics,see table 170, table 171 andtable 172

16 curve types See table 170, table 171 andtable 172

Minimum operate current, step1 - 4

(1.00 - 10000.00)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Relay characteristic angle(RCA)

(-180 to 180) degrees ±2.0 degrees

Operate current for directionalrelease

(1–100)% of IBase For RCA ±60 degrees:±2.5% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±2.5% of I at I > Ir

Minimum polarizing voltage (1–100)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Minimum polarizing current (2-100)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir

Real part of negative sequencesource impedance used forcurrent polarization

(0.50-1000.00) W/phase -

Imaginary part of negativesequence source impedanceused for current polarization

(0.50–3000.00) W/phase -

Operate time, start non-directional at 0 to 2 x Iset

Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Reset time, start non-directional at 2 to 0 x Iset

Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Operate time, start non-directional at 0 to 10 x Iset

Min. = 5 msMax. = 20 ms

-

Reset time, start non-directional at 10 to 0 x Iset

Min. = 20 msMax. = 35 ms

-

Critical impulse time 10 ms typically at 0 to 2 x Iset -

Impulse margin time 15 ms typically -

Transient overreach <10% at τ = 100 ms -

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

70 ABB

Page 71: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

SEMOD173350-2 v13

Table 51. Sensitive directional residual overcurrent and power protection SDEPSDE

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate level for 3I0·cosjdirectional residualovercurrent

(0.25-200.00)% of lBase ±1.0% of Ir at I £ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Operate level for ·3I0·3U0

cosj directional residualpower

(0.25-200.00)% of SBase ±1.0% of Sr at S £ Sr±1.0% of S at S > Sr

Operate level for 3I0 and jresidual overcurrent

(0.25-200.00)% of lBase ±1.0% of Ir at £ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Operate level for non-directional overcurrent

(1.00-400.00)% of lBase ±1.0% of Ir at I £ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Operate level for non-directional residualovervoltage

(1.00-200.00)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur at U £ Ur±0.5% of U at U > Ur

Residual release current forall directional modes

(0.25-200.00)% of lBase ±1.0% of Ir at I £ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Residual release voltage forall directional modes

(1.00-300.00)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur at U £ Ur±0.5% of U at U > Ur

Operate time for non-directional residualovercurrent at 0 to 2 x Iset

Min. = 40 ms

Max. = 65 ms

Reset time for non-directionalresidual overcurrent at 2 to 0x Iset

Min. = 40 ms

Max. = 65 ms

Operate time for directionalresidual overcurrent at 0 to 2x Iset

Min. = 110 ms

Max. = 160 ms

Reset time for directionalresidual overcurrent at 2 to 0x Iset

Min. = 20 ms

Max. = 60 ms

Independent time delay fornon-directional residualovervoltage at 0.8 to 1.2 xUset

(0.000 – 60.000) s ±0.2% or ± 75 ms whichever isgreater

Independent time delay fornon-directional residualovercurrent at 0 to 2 x Iset

(0.000 – 60.000) s ±0.2% or ± 75 ms whichever isgreater

Independent time delay fordirectional residualovercurrent at 0 to 2 x Iset

(0.000 – 60.000) s ±0.2% or ± 170 ms whichever isgreater

Inverse characteristics, seetable "", table "" and table ""

16 curve types See table "", table "" and table ""

Relay characteristic angle(RCADir)

(-179 to 180) degrees ±2.0 degrees

Relay operate angle (ROADir) (0 to 90) degrees ±2.0 degrees

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 71

Page 72: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

M12352-1 v13

Table 52. Thermal overload protection, one time constant LCPTTR/LFPTTR

Function Range or value Accuracy

Reference current (2-400)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir

Reference temperature (0-300)°C, (0 - 600)°F ±1.0°C, ±2.0°F

Operate time:

2 2

2 2 2

ln p

Trip Amb

p ref

ref

I It

T TI I I

T

t-

=-

- - ×

é ùê úê úê úê úë û

EQUATION13000039 V2 EN-US (Equation 1)

TTrip= set operate temperatureTAmb = ambient temperatureTref = temperature rise above ambient at IrefIref = reference load currentI = actual measured currentIp = load current before overload occurs

Time constant t = (1–1000)minutes

IEC 60255-149, ±5.0% or ±200 ms whichever is greater

Alarm temperature (0-200)°C, (0-400)°F ±2.0°C, ±4.0°F

Operate temperature (0-300)°C, (0-600)°F ±2.0°C, ±4.0°F

Reset level temperature (0-300)°C, (0-600)°F ±2.0°C, ±4.0°FM12353-1 v12

Table 53. Breaker failure protection CCRBRF

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate phase current (5-200)% of lBase ±1.0% of Ir at I £ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Reset ratio, phase current > 95% -

Operate residual current (2-200)% of lBase ±1.0% of Ir at I £ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Reset ratio, residual current > 95% -

Phase current level for blocking of contact function (5-200)% of lBase ±1.0% of Ir at I £ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Reset ratio > 95% -

Operate time for current detection 10 ms typically -

Reset time for current detection 15 ms maximum -

Time delay for re-trip at 0 to 2 x Iset (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±15 ms whichever isgreater

Time delay for back-up trip at 0 to 2 x Iset (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±15 ms whichever isgreater

Time delay for back-up trip at multi-phase start at 0 to 2 x Iset (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±20 ms whichever isgreater

Additional time delay for a second back-up trip at 0 to 2 x Iset (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±20 ms whichever isgreater

Time delay for alarm for faulty circuit breaker (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±15 ms whichever isgreater

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

72 ABB

Page 73: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

M12350-1 v11

Table 54. Stub protection STBPTOC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operating current (5-2500)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Reset ratio > 95% at (50-2500)% of IBase -

Independent time delay at 0 to 2 x Iset (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±30 ms whicheveris greater

Operate time, start at 0 to 2 x Iset Min. = 10 msMax. = 20 ms

-

Reset time, start at 2 to 0 x Iset Min. = 10 msMax. = 20 ms

-

Critical impulse time 10 ms typically at 0 to 2 x Iset -

Impulse margin time 15 ms typically -M13279-1 v9

Table 55. Pole discordance protection CCPDSC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate current (0–100)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir

Independent time delaybetween trip condition and tripsignal

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ± 25 ms whichever is greater

SEMOD175152-2 v10

Table 56. Directional underpower protection GUPPDUP

Function Range or value Accuracy

Power levelfor Step 1 and Step 2

(0.0–500.0)% of SBase ±1.0% of Sr at S ≤ Sr±1.0% of S at S > Srwhere

1.732r r rS U I= × ×

Characteristic anglefor Step 1 and Step 2

(-180.0–180.0) degrees ±2.0 degrees

Independent time delay to operate for Step 1and Step 2 at 2 to 0.5 x Sr and k=0.000

(0.01-6000.00) s ±0.2% or ±40 ms whichever is greater

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 73

Page 74: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

SEMOD175159-2 v8

Table 57. Directional overpower protection GOPPDOP

Function Range or value Accuracy

Power levelfor Step 1 and Step 2

(0.0–500.0)% of SBase

±1.0% of Sr at S ≤ Sr±1.0% of S at S > Sr

Characteristic anglefor Step 1 and Step 2

(-180.0–180.0) degrees ±2.0 degrees

Operate time, start at 0.5 to 2 x Sr and k=0.000 Min. =10 ms

Max. = 25 ms

Reset time, start at 2 to 0.5 x Sr and k=0.000 Min. = 35 ms

Max. = 55 ms

Independent time delay to operate for Step 1and Step 2 at 0.5 to 2 x Sr and k=0.000

(0.01-6000.00) s ±0.2% or ±40 ms whichever is greater

SEMOD175200-2 v7

Table 58. Broken conductor check BRCPTOC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Minimum phase current for operation (5–100)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir

Unbalance current operation (50–90)% of maximum current ±1.0% of Ir

Independent operate time delay (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±45 ms whichever is greater

Independent reset time delay (0.010-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±30 ms whichever is greater

Start time at current change from Ir to 0 Min. = 25 msMax. = 35 ms

-

Reset time at current change from 0 to Ir Min. = 5 msMax. = 20 ms

-

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

74 ABB

Page 75: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Voltage protectionM13290-1 v14

Table 59. Two step undervoltage protection UV2PTUV

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate voltage, low and high step (1.0–100.0)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Absolute hysteresis (0.0–50.0)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Internal blocking level, step 1 and step 2 (1–50)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Inverse time characteristics for step 1 and step 2, see table 174 - See table 174

Definite time delay, step 1 at 1.2 to 0 x Uset (0.00-6000.00) s ±0.2% or ±40ms whichever isgreater

Definite time delay, step 2 at 1.2 to 0 x Uset (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±40ms whichever isgreater

Minimum operate time, inverse characteristics (0.000–60.000) s ±0.5% or ±40ms whichever isgreater

Operate time, start at 2 to 0 x Uset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Reset time, start at 0 to 2 x Uset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Operate time, start at 1.2 to 0 x Uset Min. = 5 msMax. = 25 ms

-

Reset time, start at 0 to 1.2 x Uset Min. = 15 msMax. = 35 ms

-

Critical impulse time 5 ms typically at 1.2 to 0 x Uset -

Impulse margin time 15 ms typically -

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 75

Page 76: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

M13304-1 v12

Table 60. Two step overvoltage protection OV2PTOV

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate voltage, step 1 and 2 (1.0-200.0)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur at U ≤ Ur±0.5% of U at U > Ur

Absolute hysteresis (0.0–50.0)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur at U ≤ Ur±0.5% of U at U > Ur

Inverse time characteristics for steps 1 and 2, see table 173 - See table 173

Definite time delay, low step (step 1) at 0 to 1.2 x Uset (0.00 - 6000.00) s ±0.2% or ±45 ms whichever is greater

Definite time delay, high step (step 2) at 0 to 1.2 x Uset (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±45 ms whichever is greater

Minimum operate time, Inverse characteristics (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±45 ms whichever is greater

Operate time, start at 0 to 2 x Uset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Reset time, start at 2 to 0 x Uset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Operate time, start at 0 to 1.2 x Uset Min. = 20 msMax. = 35 ms

-

Reset time, start at 1.2 to 0 x Uset Min. = 5 msMax. = 25 ms

-

Critical impulse time 10 ms typically at 0 to 2 x Uset -

Impulse margin time 15 ms typically -

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

76 ABB

Page 77: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

M13317-2 v12

Table 61. Two step residual overvoltage protection ROV2PTOV

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate voltage, step 1 and step 2 (1.0-200.0)% of UBase ± 0.5% of Ur at U ≤ Ur± 0.5% of U at U > Ur

Absolute hysteresis (0.0–50.0)% of UBase ± 0.5% of Ur at U ≤ Ur± 0.5% of U at U > Ur

Inverse time characteristics for low and high step, seetable 175

- See table 175

Definite time delay low step (step 1) at 0 to 1.2 x Uset (0.00–6000.00) s ± 0.2% or ± 45 ms whichever isgreater

Definite time delay high step (step 2) at 0 to 1.2 x Uset (0.000–60.000) s ± 0.2% or ± 45 ms whichever isgreater

Minimum operate time (0.000-60.000) s ± 0.2% or ± 45 ms whichever isgreater

Operate time, start at 0 to 2 x Uset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Reset time, start at 2 to 0 x Uset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Operate time, start at 0 to 1.2 x Uset Min. = 20 msMax. = 35 ms

-

Reset time, start at 1.2 to 0 x Uset Min. = 5 msMax. = 25 ms

-

Critical impulse time 10 ms typically at 0 to 2 x Uset -

Impulse margin time 15 ms typically -M13338-2 v11

Table 62. Overexcitation protection OEXPVPH

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate value, start (100–180)% of (UBase/frated) ±0.5% of U

Operate value, alarm (50–120)% of start level ±0.5% of Ur at U ≤ Ur±0.5% of U at U > Ur

Operate value, high level (100–200)% of (UBase/frated) ±0.5% of U

Curve type IEEE or customer defined

2

(0.18 ):

( 1)k

IEEE tM

×=

-

EQUATION1319 V1 EN-US (Equation 2)

where M = (E/f)/(Ur/fr)

±5.0 % or ±45 ms, whichever is greater

Minimum time delay for inversefunction

(0.000–60.000) s ±1.0% or ±45 ms, whichever is greater

Maximum time delay for inversefunction

(0.00–9000.00) s ±1.0% or ±45 ms, whichever is greater

Alarm time delay (0.00–9000.00) ±1.0% or ±45 ms, whichever is greater

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 77

Page 78: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

SEMOD166919-2 v6

Table 63. Voltage differential protection VDCPTOV

Function Range or value Accuracy

Voltage difference for alarm andtrip

(2.0–100.0) % of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Under voltage level (1.0–100.0) % of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Independent time delay forvoltage differential alarm at 0.8 to1.2 x UDAlarm

(0.000–60.000)s ±0.2% or ±40 ms whichever is greater

Independent time delay forvoltage differential trip at 0.8 to1.2 x UDTrip

(0.000–60.000)s ±0.2% or ±40 ms whichever is greater

Independent time delay forvoltage differential reset at 1.2 to0.8 x UDTrip

(0.000–60.000)s ±0.2% or ±40 ms whichever is greater

SEMOD175210-2 v6

Table 64. Loss of voltage check LOVPTUV

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate voltage (1–100)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Pulse timer when disconnectingall three phases

(0.050–60.000) s ±0.2% or ±15 ms whichever is greater

Time delay for enabling thefunctions after restoration

(0.000–60.000) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever is greater

Operate time delay whendisconnecting all three phases

(0.000–60.000) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever is greater

Time delay to block when allthree phase voltages are not low

(0.000–60.000) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever is greater

GUID-C172D5EB-51E8-4FC9-B2E7-EF976872FD7E v5

Table 65. Radial feeder protection PAPGAPC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Residual current detection (10 - 150)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Reset ratio >95% at (50 - 150)% of IBase -

Operate time, residual current detection at 0 to2 x Iset

Min. = 15 ms -

Max. = 30 ms

Independent time delay to operate, residualcurrent detection at 0 to 2 x Iset

(0.000 - 60.000) s ±0.2% or ±40 ms whichever is greater

Voltage based phase selection (30 - 100)% of UBase ±1.0% of Ur

Reset ratio <115% -

Operate time, voltage based phase selectionat 1.2 to 0.8 x Uset

Min. = 15 ms -

Max. = 30 ms

Independent time delay to operate, voltagebased phase selection at 1.2 to 0.8 x Uset

(0.000 – 60.000) s ±0.2% or ±40 ms whichever is greater

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

78 ABB

Page 79: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Frequency protectionM13360-1 v13

Table 66. Underfrequency protection SAPTUF

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate value, start function, at symmetrical threephase voltage

(35.00-75.00) Hz ±2.0 mHz

Operate time, start at fset + 0.02 Hz to fset - 0.02 Hzfn = 50 Hz

Min. = 80 ms

-Max. = 95 ms

fn = 60 HzMin. = 65 ms

Max. = 80 ms

Reset time, start at fset - 0.02 Hz to fset + 0.02 Hz Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms -

Operate time, definite time function at fset + 0.02 Hzto fset - 0.02 Hz

(0.000-60.000)s ±0.2% or ±100 ms whichever is greater

Reset time, definite time function at fset - 0.02 Hz tofset + 0.02 Hz

(0.000-60.000)s ±0.2% or ±120 ms whichever is greater

Voltage dependent time delay Settings:UNom=(50-150)% of UbaseUMin=(50-150)% of UbaseExponent=0.0-5.0tMax=(0.010–60.000)stMin=(0.010–60.000)s

±1.0% or ±120 ms whichever is greater

( )ExponentU UMin

t tMax tMin tMinUNom UMin

-= × - +

-é ùê úë û

EQUATION1182 V1 EN-US (Equation 3)

U=Umeasured

M14964-1 v12

Table 67. Overfrequency protection SAPTOF

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate value, start function at symmetrical three-phase voltage (35.00-90.00) Hz ±2.0 mHz

Operate time, start at fset -0.02 Hz to fset +0.02 Hz fn = 50Hz Min. = 80 msMax. = 95 ms

-

fn = 60 Hz Min. = 65 msMax. = 80 ms

Reset time, start at fset +0.02 Hz to fset -0.02 Hz Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Operate time, definite time function at fset -0.02 Hz to fset +0.02 Hz (0.000-60.000)s ±0.2% ±100 mswhichever is greater

Reset time, definite time function at fset +0.02 Hz to fset -0.02 Hz (0.000-60.000)s ±0.2% ±120 ms,whichever is greater

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 79

Page 80: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

M14976-1 v8

Table 68. Rate-of-change frequency protection SAPFRC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate value, start function (-10.00-10.00) Hz/s ±10.0 mHz/s

Operate value, restore enable frequency (45.00-65.00) Hz ±2.0 mHz

Definite restore time delay (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±100 ms whichever isgreater

Definite time delay for frequency gradient trip (0.200-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±120 ms whichever isgreater

Definite reset time delay (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±250 ms whichever isgreater

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

80 ABB

Page 81: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Multipurpose protectionM13095-2 v7

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 81

Page 82: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 69. General current and voltage protection CVGAPC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Measuring current input phase1, phase2, phase3, PosSeq, -NegSeq, -3*ZeroSeq, MaxPh, MinPh,UnbalancePh, phase1-phase2, phase2-phase3, phase3-phase1, MaxPh-Ph,MinPh-Ph, UnbalancePh-Ph

-

Measuring voltage input phase1, phase2, phase3, PosSeq, -NegSeq, -3*ZeroSeq, MaxPh, MinPh,UnbalancePh, phase1-phase2, phase2-phase3, phase3-phase1, MaxPh-Ph,MinPh-Ph, UnbalancePh-Ph

-

Start overcurrent, step 1 - 2 (2 - 5000)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Start undercurrent, step 1 - 2 (2 - 150)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Independent time delay, overcurrent at 0 to 2 x Iset, step 1 - 2 (0.00 - 6000.00) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever isgreater

Independent time delay, undercurrent at 2 to 0 x Iset, step 1 - 2 (0.00 - 6000.00) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever isgreater

Overcurrent (non-directional):

Start time at 0 to 2 x Iset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Reset time at 2 to 0 x Iset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Start time at 0 to 10 x Iset Min. = 5 msMax. = 20 ms

-

Reset time at 10 to 0 x Iset Min. = 20 msMax. = 35 ms

-

Undercurrent:

Start time at 2 to 0 x Iset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Reset time at 0 to 2 x Iset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Overcurrent:

Inverse time characteristics, see table 170, 171 and table 172 16 curve types See table 170, 171 and table172

Overcurrent:

Minimum operate time for inverse curves, step 1 - 2 (0.00 - 6000.00) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever isgreater

Voltage level where voltage memory takes over (0.0 - 5.0)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Start overvoltage, step 1 - 2 (2.0 - 200.0)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur at U ≤ Ur±0.5% of U at U > Ur

Start undervoltage, step 1 - 2 (2.0 - 150.0)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur at U ≤ Ur±0.5% of U at U > Ur

Independent time delay, overvoltage at 0.8 to 1.2 x Uset, step 1 -2

(0.00 - 6000.00) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever isgreater

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

82 ABB

Page 83: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 69. General current and voltage protection CVGAPC , continued

Function Range or value Accuracy

Independent time delay, undervoltage at 1.2 to 0.8 x Uset, step 1- 2

(0.00 - 6000.00) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever isgreater

Overvoltage:

Start time at 0.8 to 1.2 x Uset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Reset time at 1.2 to 0.8 x Uset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Undervoltage:

Start time at 1.2 to 0.8 x Uset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Reset time at 1.2 to 0.8 x Uset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Overvoltage:

Inverse time characteristics, see table 173 4 curve types See table 173

Undervoltage:

Inverse time characteristics, see table 174 3 curve types See table 174

High and low voltage limit, voltage dependent operation, step 1 -2

(1.0 - 200.0)% of UBase ±1.0% of Ur at U ≤ Ur±1.0% of U at U > Ur

Directional function Settable: NonDir, forward and reverse -

Relay characteristic angle (-180 to +180) degrees ±2.0 degrees

Relay operate angle (1 to 90) degrees ±2.0 degrees

Reset ratio, overcurrent > 95% -

Reset ratio, undercurrent < 105% -

Reset ratio, overvoltage > 95% -

Reset ratio, undervoltage < 105% -

Overcurrent:

Critical impulse time 10 ms typically at 0 to 2 x Iset -

Impulse margin time 15 ms typically -

Undercurrent:

Critical impulse time 10 ms typically at 2 to 0 x Iset -

Impulse margin time 15 ms typically -

Overvoltage:

Critical impulse time 10 ms typically at 0.8 to 1.2 x Uset -

Impulse margin time 15 ms typically -

Undervoltage:

Critical impulse time 10 ms typically at 1.2 to 0.8 x Uset -

Impulse margin time 15 ms typically -

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 83

Page 84: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

SEMOD175176-2 v5

Table 70. Rotor earth fault protection based on General current and voltage protection (CVGAPC) and RXTTE4

Function Range or value

For machines with:

• rated field voltage up to 350 V DC

• static exciter with rated supplyvoltage up to

700 V 50/60 Hz

Supply voltage 120 or 230 V 50/60 Hz

Operate earth fault resistancevalue

Approx. 1–20 kΩ

Influence of harmonics in the DCfield voltage

Negligible influence of 50 V, 150Hz or 50 V, 300 Hz

Permitted leakage capacitance (1–5) μF

Permitted shaft earthingresistance

Maximum 200 Ω

Protective resistor 220 Ω, 100 W, plate(the height is 160 mm (6,2inches) and width 135 mm (5,31inches))

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

84 ABB

Page 85: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

GUID-7EA9731A-8D56-4689-9072-D72D9CDFD795 v7

Table 71. Voltage-restrained time overcurrent protection VRPVOC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Start overcurrent (2.0 - 5000.0)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Reset ratio, overcurrent > 95% -

Operate time, start overcurrent at 0 to 2 x Iset Min. = 15 ms -

Max. = 30 ms

Reset time, start overcurrent at 2 to 0 x Iset Min. = 15 ms -

Max. = 30 ms

Operate time, start overcurrent at 0 to 10 x Iset Min. = 5 msMax. = 20 ms

-

Reset time, start overcurrent at 10 to 0 x Iset Min. = 20 msMax. = 35 ms

-

Independent time delay to operate at 0 to 2 x Iset (0.00 - 6000.00) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever isgreater

Inverse time characteristics,see tables 170 and 171

13 curve types See tables 170 and 171

Minimum operate time for inverse time characteristics (0.00 - 60.00) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever isgreater

High voltage limit, voltage dependent operation (30.0 - 100.0)% of UBase ±1.0% of Ur

Start undervoltage (2.0 - 100.0)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Reset ratio, undervoltage < 105% -

Operate time start undervoltage at 2 to 0 x Uset Min. = 15 ms -

Max. = 30 ms

Reset time start undervoltage at 0 to 2 x Uset Min. = 15 ms -

Max. = 30 ms

Independent time delay to operate, undervoltage at 2 to 0 x Uset (0.00 - 6000.00) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever isgreater

Internal low voltage blocking (0.0 - 5.0)% of UBase ±0.25% of Ur

Overcurrent:Critical impulse timeImpulse margin time

10 ms typically at 0 to 2 x Iset15 ms typically

-

Undervoltage:Critical impulse timeImpulse margin time

10ms typically at 2 to 0 x Uset15 ms typically

-

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 85

Page 86: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Secondary system supervisionM12358-1 v8

Table 72. Current circuit supervision CCSSPVC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate current (10-200)% of IBase ±10.0% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±10.0% of I at I > Ir

Reset ratio, Operate current >90%

Block current (20-500)% of IBase ±5.0% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±5.0% of I at I > Ir

Reset ratio, Block current >90% at (50-500)% of IBase M16069-1 v11

Table 73. Fuse failure supervision FUFSPVC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate voltage, zero sequence (1-100)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Operate current, zero sequence (1–100)% of IBase ±0.5% of Ir

Operate voltage, negative sequence (1-100)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Operate current, negative sequence (1–100)% of IBase ±0.5% of Ir

Operate voltage change level (1-100)% of UBase ±10.0% of Ur

Operate current change level (1–100)% of IBase ±10.0% of Ir

Operate phase voltage (1-100)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Operate phase current (1–100)% of IBase ±0.5% of Ir

Operate phase dead line voltage (1-100)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Operate phase dead line current (1–100)% of IBase ±0.5% of Ir

Operate time, start, 1 ph, at 1 to 0 x Ur Min. = 10 msMax. = 25 ms

-

Reset time, start, 1 ph, at 0 to 1 x Ur Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

86 ABB

Page 87: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

GUID-E2EA8017-BB4B-48B0-BEDA-E71FEE353774 v4

Table 74. Fuse failure supervision VDSPVC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate value, block of mainfuse failure

(10.0-80.0)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Reset ratio <110%

Operate time, block of main fusefailure at 1 to 0 x Ur

Min. = 5 ms –

Max. = 15 ms

Reset time, block of main fusefailure at 0 to 1 x Ur

Min. = 15 ms –

Max. = 30 ms

Operate value, alarm for pilotfuse failure

(10.0-80.0)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Reset ratio <110% –

Operate time, alarm for pilot fusefailure at 1 to 0 x Ur

Min. = 5 ms –

Max. = 15 ms

Reset time, alarm for pilot fusefailure at 0 to 1 x Ur

Min. = 15 ms –

Max. = 30 ms

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 87

Page 88: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

ControlM12359-1 v12

Table 75. Synchronizing, synchrocheck and energizing check SESRSYN

Function Range or value Accuracy

Phase shift, jline - jbus (-180 to 180) degrees -

Voltage high limit for synchronizing and synchrocheck (50.0-120.0)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur at U ≤ Ur±0.5% of U at U > Ur

Reset ratio, synchrocheck > 95% -

Frequency difference limit between bus and line for synchrocheck (0.003-1.000) Hz ±2.5 mHz

Phase angle difference limit between bus and line for synchrocheck (5.0-90.0) degrees ±2.0 degrees

Voltage difference limit between bus and line for synchronizing andsynchrocheck

(0.02-0.5) p.u ±0.5% of Ur

Time delay output for synchrocheck when angle difference between busand line jumps from “PhaseDiff” + 2 degrees to “PhaseDiff” - 2 degrees

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever isgreater

Frequency difference minimum limit for synchronizing (0.003-0.250) Hz ±2.5 mHz

Frequency difference maximum limit for synchronizing (0.050-0.500) Hz ±2.5 mHz

Breaker closing pulse duration (0.050-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±15 ms whichever isgreater

tMaxSynch, which resets synchronizing function if no close has beenmade before set time

(0.000-6000.00) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever isgreater

Minimum time to accept synchronizing conditions (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever isgreater

Voltage high limit for energizing check (50.0-120.0)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur at U ≤ Ur±0.5% of U at U > Ur

Reset ratio, voltage high limit > 95% -

Voltage low limit for energizing check (10.0-80.0)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Reset ratio, voltage low limit < 105% -

Maximum voltage for energizing (50.0-180.0)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur at U ≤ Ur±0.5% of U at U > Ur

Time delay for energizing check when voltage jumps from 0 to 90% ofUrated

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±100 ms whichever isgreater

Operate time for synchrocheck function when angle difference betweenbus and line jumps from “PhaseDiff” + 2 degrees to “PhaseDiff” - 2degrees

Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

Operate time for energizing function when voltage jumps from 0 to 90%of Urated

Min. = 70 msMax. = 90 ms

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

88 ABB

Page 89: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

M12379-1 v11

Table 76. Autorecloser SMBRREC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Number of autoreclosing shots 1 - 5 -

Autoreclosing open time:shot 1 - t1 1Phshot 1 - t1 2Phshot 1 - t1 3PhHSshot 1 - t1 3Ph

(0.000-120.000) s

±0.2% or ±35 mswhichever is greater

shot 2 - t2 3Phshot 3 - t3 3Phshot 4 - t4 3Phshot 5 - t5 3Ph

(0.00-6000.00) s ±0.2% or ±35 mswhichever is greater

Extended autorecloser open time (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±35 mswhichever is greater

Minimum time CB must be closed before AR becomes ready for autoreclosing cycle (0.00-6000.00) s ±0.2% or ±35 mswhichever is greater

Maximum operate pulse duration (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±15 mswhichever is greater

Reclaim time (0.00-6000.00) s ±0.2% or ±15 mswhichever is greater

Circuit breaker closing pulse length (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±15 mswhichever is greater

Wait for master release (0.00-6000.00) s ±0.2% or ±15 mswhichever is greater

Inhibit reset time (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±45 mswhichever is greater

Autorecloser maximum wait time for sync (0.00-6000.00) s ±0.2% or ±45 mswhichever is greater

CB check time before unsuccessful (0.00-6000.00) s ±0.2% or ±45 mswhichever is greater

Wait time after close command before proceeding to next shot (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±45 mswhichever is greater

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 89

Page 90: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Scheme communicationM16038-1 v11

Table 77. Scheme communication logic for distance or overcurrent protection ZCPSCH

Function Range or value Accuracy

Scheme type OffIntertripPermissive URPermissive ORBlockingDeltaBlocking

-

Operate voltage, Delta U (0–100)% of UBase ±5.0% of ΔU

Operate current, Delta I (0–200)% of IBase ±5.0% of ΔI

Operate zero sequence voltage,Delta 3U0

(0–100)% of UBase ±10.0% of Δ3U0

Operate zero sequence current,Delta 3I0

(0–200)% of IBase ±10.0% of Δ3I0

Co-ordination time for blockingcommunication scheme

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.5% ±10 ms

Minimum duration of a carrier sendsignal

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.5% ±10 ms

Security timer for loss of guardsignal detection

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.5% ±10 ms

Operation mode of unblocking logic OffNoRestartRestart

-

SEMOD166936-2 v7

Table 78. Phase segregated scheme communication logic for distance protection ZC1PPSCH

Function Range or value Accuracy

Scheme type IntertripPermissive URPermissive ORBlocking

-

Co-ordination time for blockingcommunication scheme

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±15 ms whichever is greater

Minimum duration of a carrier sendsignal

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±15 ms whichever is greater

M16039-1 v16

Table 79. Current reversal and weak-end infeed logic for distance protection ZCRWPSCH

Function Range or value Accuracy

Detection level phase-to-neutralvoltage

(10-90)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Detection level phase-to-phasevoltage

(10-90)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Operate time for current reversallogic

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±15 ms whichever is greater

Delay time for current reversal (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±15 ms whichever is greater

Coordination time for weak-endinfeed logic

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±15 ms whichever is greater

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

90 ABB

Page 91: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

SEMOD166938-2 v6

Table 80. Current reversal and weak-end infeed logic for phase segregated communication ZC1WPSCH

Function Range or value Accuracy

Detection level phase to neutralvoltage

(10-90)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Detection level phase to phasevoltage

(10-90)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Reset ratio <105% at (20-90)% of UBase -

Operate time for current reversal (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±15 ms whichever is greater

Delay time for current reversal (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±15 ms whichever is greater

Coordination time for weak-endinfeed logic

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±15 ms whichever is greater

M16049-1 v9

Table 81. Scheme communication logic for residual overcurrent protection ECPSCH

Function Range or value Accuracy

Scheme type Permissive UnderreachingPermissive OverreachingBlocking

-

Communication schemecoordination time

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±20 ms whichever is greater

M16051-2 v11

Table 82. Current reversal and weak-end infeed logic for residual overcurrent protection ECRWPSCH

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate mode of WEI logic OffEchoEcho & Trip

-

Operate voltage 3U0 for WEI trip (5-70)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur

Operate time for current reversallogic

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±30 ms whichever is greater

Delay time for current reversal (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±30 ms whichever is greater

Coordination time for weak-endinfeed logic

(0.000–60.000) s ±0.2% or ±30 ms whichever is greater

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 91

Page 92: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Direct transfer tripGUID-B5714FAE-A87D-4C2D-A167-6CB3522CE1D5 v4

Table 83. Low active power and power factor protection LAPPGAPC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate value, low active power (2.0-100.0)% of SBase ±1.0% of Sr

Reset ratio, low active power <105% -

Operate value, low power factor 0.00-1.00 ±0.02

Independent time delay to operate for low active power at 1.2 to0.8 x Pset

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±40 ms whichever isgreater

Independent time delay to operate for low power factor at 1.2 to0.8 x PFset

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±40 ms whichever isgreater

Critical impulse time, low active power 10 ms typically at 1.2 to 0.8 x Pset -

Impulse margin time, low active power 10 ms typically -GUID-D9EADF1B-5FC7-4FDB-BF38-95BDBC4D7C3D v4

Table 84. Compensated over- and undervoltage protection COUVGAPC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate value, undervoltage (1-100)% of UBase ±0,5% of Ur

Absolute hysteresis (0.00–50.0)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur at U ≤ Ur±0.5% of U at U > Ur

Critical impulse time, undervoltage 10 ms typically at 1.2 to 0.8x Uset -

Impulse margin time, undervoltage 15 ms typically -

Operate value, overvoltage (1-200)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur at U≤Ur± 0.5% of U at U>Ur

Critical impulse time, overvoltage 10 ms typically at 0.8 to 1.2 x Uset -

Impulse margin time, overvoltage 15 ms typically -

Independent time delay for undervoltage functionality at 1.2 to0.8 x Uset

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±40 ms whichever isgreater

Independent time delay for overvoltage functionality at 0.8 to1.2 x Uset

(0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±40 ms whichever isgreater

GUID-4BF21D95-4517-424E-BC23-6156EA0E253C v4

Table 85. Sudden change in current variation SCCVPTOC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate value, overcurrent (5-100)% of IBase ±2.0% of Ir

Hold time for operate signal at 0 to 2 x Iset (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±15 ms whichever isgreater

GUID-C99E063D-B377-40D5-8481-9F46D4166AED v3

Table 86. Carrier receive logic LCCRPTRC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operation mode 1 Out Of 22 Out Of 2

-

Independent time delay (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever isgreater

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

92 ABB

Page 93: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

GUID-122A206E-27D2-4D15-AD5A-86B68F1ED559 v4

Table 87. Negative sequence overvoltage protection LCNSPTOV

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate value, negative sequence overvoltage (1-200)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur at U≤Ur±0.5% of U at U>Ur

Reset ratio, negative sequence overvoltage >95% at (10–200)% of UBase -

Operate time, start at 0 to 2 x Uset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Reset time, start at 2 to 0 x Uset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Critical impulse time, negative sequence overvoltage 10 ms typically at 0 to 2 x Uset -

Impulse margin time, negative sequence overvoltage 15 ms typically -

Independent time delay to operate at 0 to 1.2 x Uset (0.000-120.000) s ±0.2% or ±40 ms whichever isgreater

GUID-7A8E7F49-F079-42A0-8685-20288FAD5982 v4

Table 88. Zero sequence overvoltage protection LCZSPTOV

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate value, zero sequence overvoltage (1-200)% of UBase ±0.5% of Ur at U ≤ Ur±0.5% of U at U > Ur

Reset ratio, zero sequence overvoltage >95% at (10–200)% of UBase -

Operate time, start at 0 to 2 x Uset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Reset time, start at 2 to 0 x Uset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Critical impulse time, zero sequence overvoltage 10 ms typically at 0 to 2 x Uset -

Impulse margin time, zero sequence overvoltage 15 ms typically -

Independent time delay to operate at 0 to 1.2 x Uset (0.000-120.000) s ±0.2% or ±40 ms whichever isgreater

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 93

Page 94: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

GUID-0E964441-43DE-43B6-B454-485FBBF66B5C v4

Table 89. Negative sequence overcurrent protection LCNSPTOC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate value, negative sequence overcurrent (3 - 2500)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Reset ratio, negative sequence overcurrent >95% at (50–2500)% of IBase -

Operate time, start at 0 to 2 x Iset Min. = 15 msMax. = 25 ms

-

Reset time, start at 2 to 0 x Iset Min. = 15 msMax. = 25 ms

-

Operate time, start at 0 to 10 x Iset Min. = 10 msMax. = 20 ms

-

Reset time, start at 10 to 0 x Iset Min. = 20 msMax. = 35 ms

-

Critical impulse time, negative sequence overcurrent 10 ms typically at 0 to 2 x Iset2 ms typically at 0 to 10 x Iset

-

Impulse margin time, negative sequence overcurrent 15 ms typically -

Independent time delay at 0 to 2 x Iset (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms, whichever isgreater

Transient overreach, start function <5% at τ = 100 ms -GUID-9F739808-04CA-4988-ABBC-1A444297FDB5 v4

Table 90. Zero sequence overcurrent protection LCZSPTOC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate value, zero sequence overcurrent (3-2500)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir at I≤Ir±1.0% of I at I>Ir

Reset ratio, zero sequence overcurrent >95% at (50–2500)% of IBase -

Operate time, start at 0 to 2 x Iset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Reset time, start at 2 to 0 x Iset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Operate time, start at 0 to 10 x Iset Min. = 10 msMax. = 20 ms

-

Reset time, start at 10 to 0 x Iset Min. = 20 msMax. = 35 ms

-

Critical impulse time, zero sequence overcurrent 10 ms typically at 0 to 2 x Iset2 ms typically at 0 to 10 x Iset

-

Impulse margin time, zero sequence overcurrent 15 ms typically -

Independent time delay at 0 to 2 x Iset (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±35 ms whichever isgreater

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

94 ABB

Page 95: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

GUID-C4ACE306-2A54-483D-B247-A479D48CBF5F v4

Table 91. Three phase overcurrent LCP3PTOC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate value, overcurrent (5-2500)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir at I ≤ Ir±1.0% of I at I > Ir

Reset ratio, overcurrent > 95% at (50-2500)% of IBase -

Start time at 0 to 2 x Iset Min. = 10 msMax. = 25 ms

-

Reset time at 2 to 0 x Iset Min. = 20 msMax. = 35 ms

-

Critical impulse time, overcurrent 5 ms typically at 0 to 2 x Iset2 ms typically at 0 to 10 x Iset

-

Impulse margin time, overcurrent 10 ms typically -

Independent time delay to operate at 0 to 2 x Iset (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±30 ms whichever isgreater

GUID-CE2C6F0A-DF49-4AAF-80F0-9CDCBB08E755 v4

Table 92. Three phase undercurrent LCP3PTUC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operate value, undercurrent (1.00-100.00)% of IBase ±1.0% of Ir

Reset ratio, undercurrent < 105% at (50.00-100.00)% of IBase -

Start time at 2 to 0 x Iset Min. = 15 msMax. = 30 ms

-

Reset time at 0 to 2 x Iset Min. = 10 msMax. = 25 ms

-

Critical impulse time, undercurrent 10 ms typically at 2 to 0 x Iset -

Impulse margin time, undercurrent 10 ms typically -

Independent time delay to operate at 2 to 0 x Iset (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±45 ms whichever isgreater

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 95

Page 96: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

LogicM12380-1 v9

Table 93. Tripping logic common 3-phase output SMPPTRC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Trip action 3-ph, 1/3-ph, 1/2/3-ph -

Minimum trip pulse length (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±15 ms whichever is greater

3-pole trip delay (0.020-0.500) s ±0.2% or ±15 ms whichever is greater

Evolving fault delay (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±15 ms whichever is greater

Table 94. Number of SMPPTRC instances

Function Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

SMPPTRC 6 - -GUID-3AB1EE95-51BF-4CC4-99BD-F4ECDAACB75A v1

Table 95. Number of TMAGAPC instances

Function Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

TMAGAPC 6 6 -GUID-A05AF26F-DC98-4E62-B96B-E75D19F20767 v1

Table 96. Number of ALMCALH instances

Function Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

ALMCALH - - 5GUID-70B7357D-F467-4CF5-9F73-641A82D334F5 v1

Table 97. Number of WRNCALH instances

Function Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

WRNCALH - - 5GUID-EAA43288-01A5-49CF-BF5B-9ABF6DC27D85 v1

Table 98. Number of INDCALH instances

Function Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

INDCALH - 5 -GUID-D1179280-1D99-4A66-91AC-B7343DBA9F23 v1

Table 99. Number of AND instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

AND 60 60 160

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

96 ABB

Page 97: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

GUID-45DF373F-DC39-4E1B-B45B-6B454E8E0E50 v1

Table 100. Number of GATE instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

GATE 10 10 20GUID-0EC4192A-EF03-47C0-AEC1-09B68B411A98 v1

Table 101. Number of INV instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

INV 90 90 240GUID-B2E6F510-8766-4381-9618-CE02ED71FFB6 v1

Table 102. Number of LLD instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

LLD 10 10 20GUID-35A795D7-A6BD-4669-A023-43C497DBFB01 v1

Table 103. Number of OR instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

OR 60 60 160GUID-E05E5FB1-23E7-4816-84F2-1FBFFDFF2B43 v1

Table 104. Number of PULSETIMER instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time Range or Value Accuracy

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

PULSETIMER 10 10 20 (0.000–90000.000) s ±0.5% ±10 msGUID-BE6FD540-E96E-4F15-B2A2-12FFAE6C51DB v1

Table 105. Number of RSMEMORY instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

RSMEMORY 10 10 20GUID-7A0F4327-CA83-4FB0-AB28-7C5F17AE6354 v1

Table 106. Number of SRMEMORY instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

SRMEMORY 10 10 20GUID-C6C98FE0-F559-45EE-B853-464516775417 v1

Table 107. Number of TIMERSET instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time Range or Value Accuracy

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

TIMERSET 15 15 30 (0.000–90000.000) s ±0.5% ±10 ms

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 97

Page 98: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

GUID-0B07F78C-10BD-4070-AFF0-6EE36454AA03 v1

Table 108. Number of XOR instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

XOR 10 10 20GUID-23D4121A-4C9A-4072-BBE3-6DB076EDAB79 v1

Table 109. Number of ANDQT instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

ANDQT - 20 100GUID-27DF23C0-A0B2-4BB0-80B5-FC7B7F7FE448 v1

Table 110. Number of INDCOMBSPQT instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

INDCOMBSPQT - 10 10GUID-C1E61AE5-22CF-4198-97CF-8C8043EE96D2 v1

Table 111. Number of INDEXTSPQT instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

INDEXTSPQT - 10 10GUID-77FEBE9B-0882-4E85-8B1A-7671807BFC02 v1

Table 112. Number of INVALIDQT instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

INVALIDQT - 6 6GUID-F25B94C6-9CC9-48A0-A7A3-47627D2B56E2 v1

Table 113. Number of INVERTERQT instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

INVERTERQT - 20 100GUID-88B27B3C-26D2-47AF-9878-CC19018171B1 v1

Table 114. Number of ORQT instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

ORQT - 20 100GUID-61263951-53A8-4113-82B5-3DB3BF0D9449 v1

Table 115. Number of PULSETIMERQT instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time Range or Value Accuracy

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

PULSETIMERQT - 10 30 (0.000–90000.000) s ±0.5% ±10 ms

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

98 ABB

Page 99: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

GUID-94C803B4-6C5A-4072-AB5C-20DDE98C9A70 v1

Table 116. Number of RSMEMORYQT instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

RSMEMORYQT - 10 30GUID-341562FB-6149-495B-8A63-200DF16A5590 v1

Table 117. Number of SRMEMORYQT instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

SRMEMORYQT - 10 30GUID-B6231B97-05ED-40E8-B735-1E1A50FDB85F v1

Table 118. Number of TIMERSETQT instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time Range or Value Accuracy

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

TIMERSETQT - 10 30 (0.000–90000.000) s ±0.5% ±10 msGUID-1C381E02-6B9E-44DC-828F-8B3EA7EDAA54 v1

Table 119. Number of XORQT instances

Logic block Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

XORQT - 10 30GUID-19810098-1820-4765-8F0B-7D585FFC0C78 v6

Table 120. Number of instances in the extension logic package

Logic block Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

AND 40 40 100

GATE - - 49

INV 40 40 100

LLD - - 49

OR 40 40 100

PULSETIMER 5 5 49

SLGAPC 10 10 54

SRMEMORY - - 110

TIMERSET - - 49

VSGAPC 10 10 110

XOR - - 49GUID-65A2876A-F779-41C4-ACD7-7662D1E7F1F2 v1

Table 121. Number of B16I instances

Function Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

B16I 6 4 8

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 99

Page 100: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

GUID-3820F464-D296-4CAD-8491-F3F997359D79 v1

Table 122. Number of BTIGAPC instances

Function Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

BTIGAPC 4 4 8GUID-B45901F4-B163-4696-8220-7F8CAC84D793 v1

Table 123. Number of IB16 instances

Function Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

IB16 6 4 8GUID-A339BBA3-8FD0-429D-BB49-809EAC4D53B0 v1

Table 124. Number of ITBGAPC instances

Function Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

ITBGAPC 4 4 8GUID-B258726E-1129-47C9-94F9-BE634A2085FA v3

Table 125. Elapsed time integrator with limit transgression and overflow supervision TEIGAPC

Function Cycle time (ms) Range or value Accuracy

Elapsed time integration 3 0 ~ 999999.9 s ±0.2% or ±20 ms whichever isgreater

8 0 ~ 999999.9 s ±0.2% or ±100 ms whichever isgreater

100 0 ~ 999999.9 s ±0.2% or ±250 ms whichever isgreater

Table 126. Number of TEIGAPC instances

Function Quantity with cycle time

3 ms 8 ms 100 ms

TEIGAPC 4 4 4GUID-F5E124E3-0B85-41AC-9830-A2362FD289F2 v1

Table 127. Running hour-meter TEILGAPC

Function Range or value Accuracy

Time limit for alarm supervision, tAlarm (0 - 99999.9) hours ±0.1% of set value

Time limit for warning supervision, tWarning (0 - 99999.9) hours ±0.1% of set value

Time limit for overflow supervision Fixed to 99999.9 hours ±0.1%

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

100 ABB

Page 101: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

MonitoringM12386-1 v13

Table 128. Measurements CVMMXN

Function Range or value Accuracy

Frequency (0.95-1.05) x fr ±2.0 mHz

Voltage (10 to 300) V ±0.3% of U at U≤ 50 V±0.2% of U at U> 50 V

Current (0.1-4.0) x Ir ±0.8% of I at 0.1 x Ir< I < 0.2 x Ir± 0.5% of I at 0.2 x Ir< I < 0.5 x Ir±0.2% of I at 0.5 x Ir< I < 4.0 x Ir

Active power, P (10 to 300) V(0.1-4.0) x Ir

±0.5% of Sr at S ≤0.5 x Sr

±0.5% of S at S > 0.5 x Sr

(100 to 220) V(0.5-2.0) x Ircos φ< 0.7

±0.2% of P

Reactive power, Q (10 to 300) V(0.1-4.0) x Ir

±0.5% of Sr at S ≤0.5 x Sr

±0.5% of S at S > 0.5 x Sr

(100 to 220) V(0.5-2.0) x Ircos φ> 0.7

±0.2% of Q

Apparent power, S (10 to 300) V(0.1-4.0) x Ir

±0.5% of Sr at S ≤0.5 x Sr

±0.5% of S at S >0.5 x Sr

(100 to 220) V(0.5-2.0) x Ir

±0.2% of S

Power factor, cos (φ) (10 to 300) V(0.1-4.0) x Ir

<0.02

(100 to 220) V(0.5-2.0) x Ir

<0.01

GUID-5E04B3F9-E1B7-4974-9C0B-DE9CD4A2408F v5

Table 129. Phase current measurement CMMXU

Function Range or value Accuracy

Current at symmetrical load (0.1-4.0) × Ir ±0.3% of Ir at I ≤ 0.5 × Ir±0.3% of I at I > 0.5 × Ir

Phase angle at symmetrical load (0.1-4.0) × Ir ±1.0 degrees at 0.1 × Ir < I ≤ 0.5 × Ir±0.5 degrees at 0.5 × Ir < I ≤ 4.0 × Ir

GUID-374C2AF0-D647-4159-8D3A-71190FE3CFE0 v4

Table 130. Phase-phase voltage measurement VMMXU

Function Range or value Accuracy

Voltage (10 to 300) V ±0.5% of U at U ≤ 50 V±0.2% of U at U > 50 V

Phase angle (10 to 300) V ±0.5 degrees at U ≤ 50 V±0.2 degrees at U > 50 V

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IECProduct version: 2.1

ABB 101

Page 102: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

GUID-ED634B6D-9918-464F-B6A4-51B78129B819 v5

Table 131. Phase-neutral voltage measurement VNMMXU

Function Range or value Accuracy

Voltage (5 to 175) V ±0.5% of U at U ≤ 50 V±0.2% of U at U > 50 V

Phase angle (5 to 175) V ±0.5 degrees at U ≤ 50 V±0.2 degrees at U > 50 V

GUID-9B8A7FA5-9C98-4CBD-A162-7112869CF030 v4

Table 132. Current sequence component measurement CMSQI

Function Range or value Accuracy

Current positive sequence, I1Three phase settings

(0.1–4.0) × Ir ±0.3% of Ir at I ≤ 0.5 × Ir±0.3% of I at I > 0.5 × Ir

Current zero sequence, 3I0Three phase settings

(0.1–1.0) × Ir ±0.3% of Ir at I ≤ 0.5 × Ir±0.3% of I at I > 0.5 × Ir

Current negative sequence, I2Three phase settings

(0.1–1.0) × Ir ±0.3% of Ir at I ≤ 0.5 × Ir±0.3% of I at I > 0.5 × Ir

Phase angle (0.1–4.0) × Ir ±1.0 degrees at 0.1 × Ir < I ≤ 0.5 × Ir±0.5 degrees at 0.5 × Ir < I ≤ 4.0 × Ir

GUID-47094054-A828-459B-BE6A-D7FA1B317DA7 v5

Table 133. Voltage sequence measurement VMSQI

Function Range or value Accuracy

Voltage positive sequence, U1 (10 to 300) V ±0.5% of U at U ≤ 50 V±0.2% of U at U > 50 V

Voltage zero sequence, 3U0 (10 to 300) V ±0.5% of U at U ≤ 50 V±0.2% of U at U > 50 V

Voltage negative sequence, U2 (10 to 300) V ±0.5% of U at U ≤ 50 V±0.2% of U at U > 50 V

Phase angle (10 to 300) V ±0.5 degrees at U ≤ 50 V±0.2 degrees at U > 50 V

M16080-1 v5

Table 134. Supervision of mA input signals

Function Range or value Accuracy

mA measuring function ±5, ±10, ±20 mA0-5, 0-10, 0-20, 4-20 mA

±0.1 % of set value ±0.005 mA

Max current of transducer toinput

(-20.00 to +20.00) mA

Min current of transducer toinput

(-20.00 to +20.00) mA

Alarm level for input (-20.00 to +20.00) mA

Warning level for input (-20.00 to +20.00) mA

Alarm hysteresis for input (0.0-20.0) mA

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

102 ABB

Page 103: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

M12760-1 v9.1.1

Table 135. Disturbance report DRPRDRE

Function Range or value Accuracy

Pre-fault time (0.05–9.90) s -

Post-fault time (0.1–10.0) s -

Limit time (0.5–10.0) s -

Maximum number of recordings 100, first in - first out -

Time tagging resolution 1 ms See table 166

Maximum number of analog inputs 30 + 10 (external + internallyderived)

-

Maximum number of binary inputs 128 -

Maximum number of phasors in the Trip Value recorder per recording 30 -

Maximum number of indications in a disturbance report 96 -

Maximum number of events in the Event recording per recording 150 -

Maximum number of events in the Event list 1000, first in - first out -

Maximum total recording time (3.4 s recording time and maximum number ofchannels, typical value)

340 seconds (100 recordings) at50 Hz, 280 seconds (80recordings) at 60 Hz

-

Sampling rate 1 kHz at 50 Hz1.2 kHz at 60 Hz

-

Recording bandwidth (5-300) Hz -GUID-F034B396-6600-49EF-B0A5-8ED96766A6A0 v6

Table 136. Insulation gas monitoring function SSIMG

Function Range or value Accuracy

Pressure alarm level 1.00-100.00 ±10.0% of set value

Pressure lockout level 1.00-100.00 ±10.0% of set value

Temperature alarm level -40.00-200.00 ±2.5% of set value

Temperature lockout level -40.00-200.00 ±2.5% of set value

Time delay for pressure alarm (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±250ms whichever is greater

Reset time delay for pressure alarm (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±250ms whichever is greater

Time delay for pressure lockout (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±250ms whichever is greater

Time delay for temperature alarm (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±250ms whichever is greater

Reset time delay for temperature alarm (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±250ms whichever is greater

Time delay for temperature lockout (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±250ms whichever is greater

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 103

Page 104: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

GUID-83B0F607-D898-403A-94FD-7FE8D45C73FF v6

Table 137. Insulation liquid monitoring function SSIML

Function Range or value Accuracy

Oil alarm level 1.00-100.00 ±10.0% of set value

Oil lockout level 1.00-100.00 ±10.0% of set value

Temperature alarm level -40.00-200.00 ±2.5% of set value

Temperature lockout level -40.00-200.00 ±2.5% of set value

Time delay for oil alarm (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±250ms whichever is greater

Reset time delay for oil alarm (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±250ms whichever is greater

Time delay for oil lockout (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±250ms whichever is greater

Time delay for temperature alarm (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±250ms whichever is greater

Reset time delay for temperature alarm (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±250ms whichever is greater

Time delay for temperature lockout (0.000-60.000) s ±0.2% or ±250ms whichever is greaterGUID-B6799420-D726-460E-B02F-C7D4F1937432 v7

Table 138. Breaker monitoring SSCBR

Function Range or value Accuracy

Alarm level for open and close travel time (0 – 200) ms ±3 ms

Alarm level for number of operations (0 – 9999) -

Independent time delay for spring chargingtime alarm

(0.00 – 60.00) s ±0.2% or ±30 ms whichever is greater

Independent time delay for gas pressure alarm (0.00 – 60.00) s ±0.2% or ±30 ms whichever is greater

Independent time delay for gas pressurelockout

(0.00 – 60.00) s ±0.2% or ±30 ms whichever is greater

CB Contact Travel Time, opening and closing ±3 ms

Remaining Life of CB ±2 operations

Accumulated Energy ±1.0% or ±0.5 whichever is greaterM14987-1 v6

Table 139. Fault locator LMBRFLO

Function Value or range Accuracy

Reactive and resistive reach (0.001-1500.000) Ω/phase ±2.0% static accuracyConditions:Voltage range: (0.1-1.1) x UrCurrent range: (0.5-30) x Ir

Phase selection According to input signals -

Maximum number of faultlocations

100 -

M12700-1 v4

Table 140. Event list

Function Value

Buffer capacity Maximum number of events in the list 1000

Resolution 1 ms

Accuracy Depending on time synchronizing

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

104 ABB

Page 105: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

M13765-1 v4

Table 141. Indications

Function Value

Buffer capacity Maximum number of indications presented for single disturbance 96

Maximum number of recorded disturbances 100M12702-1 v4

Table 142. Event recorder

Function Value

Buffer capacity Maximum number of events in disturbance report 150

Maximum number of disturbance reports 100

Resolution 1 ms

Accuracy Depending on timesynchronizing

M13747-1 v5

Table 143. Trip value recorder

Function Value

Buffer capacity

Maximum number of analog inputs 30

Maximum number of disturbance reports 100M12384-1 v6.1.1

Table 144. Disturbance recorder

Function Value

Buffer capacity Maximum number of analog inputs 40

Maximum number of binary inputs 128

Maximum number of disturbance reports 100

Maximum total recording time (3.4 s recording time and maximum numberof channels, typical value)

340 seconds (100 recordings) at 50 Hz280 seconds (80 recordings) at 60 Hz

GUID-C43B8654-60FE-4E20-8328-754C238F4AD0 v2

Table 145. Limit counter L4UFCNT

Function Range or value Accuracy

Counter value 0-65535 -

Max. count up speed 30 pulses/s (50% duty cycle) -

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 105

Page 106: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

MeteringM13404-2 v5

Table 146. Pulse-counter logic PCFCNT

Function Setting range Accuracy

Input frequency See Binary Input Module (BIM) -

Cycle time for report of countervalue

(1–3600) s -

SEMOD153707-2 v4

Table 147. Energy metering ETPMMTR

Function Range or value Accuracy

Energy metering kWh Export/Import, kvarh Export/Import

Input from MMXU. No extra error at steady load

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

106 ABB

Page 107: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Station communicationM15031-1 v7

Table 148. Communication protocols

Function Value

Protocol IEC 61850-8-1

Communication speed for the IEDs 100BASE-FX

Protocol IEC 60870–5–103

Communication speed for the IEDs 9600 or 19200 Bd

Protocol DNP3.0

Communication speed for the IEDs 300–19200 Bd

Protocol TCP/IP, Ethernet

Communication speed for the IEDs 100 Mbit/sGUID-E8B5405C-241C-4DC2-8AB1-3FA77343A4DE v2

Table 149. IEC 61850-9-2 communication protocol

Function Value

Protocol IEC 61850-9-2

Communication speed for the IEDs 100BASE-FXM11927-1 v2

Table 150. LON communication protocol

Function Value

Protocol LON

Communication speed 1.25 Mbit/sM11901-1 v2

Table 151. SPA communication protocol

Function Value

Protocol SPA

Communication speed 300, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200 or 38400 Bd

Slave number 1 to 899M11921-1 v4

Table 152. IEC 60870-5-103 communication protocol

Function Value

Protocol IEC 60870-5-103

Communication speed 9600, 19200 Bd

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 107

Page 108: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

M12589-1 v4

Table 153. SLM – LON port

Quantity Range or value

Optical connector Glass fiber: type STPlastic fiber: type HFBR snap-in

Fiber, optical budget Glass fiber: 11 dB (1000m/3000 ft typically *)Plastic fiber: 7 dB (10m/35ft typically *)

Fiber diameter Glass fiber: 62.5/125 mmPlastic fiber: 1 mm

*) depending on optical budget calculationSEMOD117441-2 v5

Table 154. SLM – SPA/IEC 60870-5-103/DNP3 port

Quantity Range or value

Optical connector Glass fiber: type STPlastic fiber: type HFBR snap-in

Fiber, optical budget Glass fiber: 11 dB (1000m/3000ft m typically *)Plastic fiber: 7 dB (25m/80ft m typically *)

Fiber diameter Glass fiber: 62.5/125 mmPlastic fiber: 1 mm

*) depending on optical budget calculationGUID-83EC40D0-ABCF-4292-B3DF-155C3A556B76 v3

Table 155. Galvanic X.21 line data communication module (X.21-LDCM)

Quantity Range or value

Connector, X.21 Micro D-sub, 15-pole male, 1.27 mm (0.050") pitch

Connector, ground selection 2 pole screw terminal

Standard CCITT X21

Communication speed 64 kbit/s

Insulation 1 kV

Maximum cable length 100 mSEMOD158710-2 v2

Table 156. Galvanic RS485 communication module

Quantity Range or value

Communication speed 2400–19200 bauds

External connectors RS-485 6-pole connectorSoft ground 2-pole connector

GUID-8651FF22-C007-4D53-B7E3-686A30F37CB6 v4

Table 157. IEC 62439-3 Edition 1 and Edition 2 parallel redundancy protocol

Function Value

Communication speed 100 Base-FX

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

108 ABB

Page 109: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Remote communication

M12756-1 v8

Table 158. Line data communication module

Characteristic Range or value

Type of LDCM Short range (SR) Medium range (MR) Long range (LR)

Type of fiber Graded-indexmultimode62.5/125 µm

Singlemode 9/125µm

Singlemode 9/125 µm

Peak Emission Wave lengthNominalMaximumMinimum

820 nm865 nm792 nm

1310 nm1330 nm1290 nm

1550 nm1580 nm1520 nm

Optical budgetGraded-index multimode 62.5/125 mm, Graded-index multimode 50/125 mm

13 dB (typicaldistance about 3km/2 mile *)9 dB (typicaldistance about 2km/1 mile *)

22 dB (typicaldistance 80 km/50mile *)

26 dB (typical distance 110km/68 mile *)

Optical connector Type ST Type FC/PC Type FC/PC

Protocol C37.94 C37.94implementation **)

C37.94 implementation **)

Data transmission Synchronous Synchronous Synchronous

Transmission rate / Data rate 2 Mb/s / 64 kbit/s 2 Mb/s / 64 kbit/s 2 Mb/s / 64 kbit/s

Clock source Internal or derivedfrom receivedsignal

Internal or derivedfrom received signal

Internal or derived from receivedsignal

*) depending on optical budget calculation**) C37.94 originally defined just for multimode; using same header, configuration and data format as C37.94

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 109

Page 110: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

HardwareIED

SEMOD53385-1 v1M11778-1 v4

Table 159. Case

Material Steel sheet

Front plate Steel sheet profile with cut-out for HMI

Surface treatment Aluzink preplated steel

Finish Light grey (RAL 7035)M12327-1 v3

Table 160. Water and dust protection level according to IEC 60529

Front IP40 (IP54 with sealing strip)

Sides, top and bottom IP20

Rear side IP20 with screw compression typeIP10 with ring lug terminals

M11777-1 v4

Table 161. Weight

Case size Weight

6U, 1/2 x 19” £ 10 kg/22 lb

6U, 3/4 x 19” £ 15 kg/33 lb

6U, 1/1 x 19” £ 18 kg/40 lb

Electrical safetyGUID-2825B541-DD31-4DAF-B5B3-97555F81A1C2 v1GUID-1CF5B10A-CF8B-407D-8D87-F4B48B43C2B2 v1

Table 162. Electrical safety according to IEC 60255-27

Equipment class I (protective earthed)

Overvoltage category III

Pollution degree 2 (normally only non-conductive pollution occurs except that occasionally a temporary conductivity caused bycondensation is to be expected)

Connection systemSEMOD53371-1 v1SEMOD53376-2 v6

Table 163. CT and VT circuit connectors

Connector type Rated voltage and current Maximum conductor area

Screw compression type 250 V AC, 20 A 4 mm2 (AWG12)2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x AWG14)

Terminal blocks suitable for ring lug terminals 250 V AC, 20 A 4 mm2 (AWG12)M12583-1 v5

Table 164. Auxiliary power supply and binary I/O connectors

Connector type Rated voltage Maximum conductor area

Screw compression type 250 V AC 2.5 mm2 (AWG14)2 × 1 mm2 (2 x AWG18)

Terminal blocks suitable for ring lug terminals 300 V AC 3 mm2 (AWG14)

Because of limitations of space, when ringlug terminal is ordered for Binary I/Oconnections, one blank slot is necessary

between two adjacent IO cards. Pleaserefer to the ordering particulars for details.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

110 ABB

Page 111: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Basic IED functionsM11963-1 v5

Table 165. Self supervision with internal event list

Data Value

Recording manner Continuous, event controlled

List size 40 events, first in-first outM12331-1 v7

Table 166. Time synchronization, time tagging

Function Value

Time tagging resolution, events and sampled measurement values 1 ms

Time tagging error with synchronization once/min (minute pulse synchronization), events and sampledmeasurement values

± 1.0 ms typically

Time tagging error with SNTP synchronization, sampled measurement values ± 1.0 ms typicallySEMOD55660-2 v3

Table 167. GPS time synchronization module (GTM)

Function Range or value Accuracy

Receiver – ±1µs relative UTC

Time to reliable time reference with antenna in newposition or after power loss longer than 1 month

<30 minutes –

Time to reliable time reference after a power losslonger than 48 hours

<15 minutes –

Time to reliable time reference after a power lossshorter than 48 hours

<5 minutes –

SEMOD55693-2 v5

Table 168. GPS – Antenna and cable

Function Value

Max antenna cable attenuation 26 db @ 1.6 GHz

Antenna cable impedance 50 ohm

Lightning protection Must be provided externally

Antenna cable connector SMA in receiver endTNC in antenna end

Accuracy +/-1μs

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 111

Page 112: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

SEMOD141136-2 v8

Table 169. IRIG-B

Quantity Rated value

Number of channels IRIG-B 1

Number of optical channels 1

Electrical connector:

Electrical connector IRIG-B BNC

Pulse-width modulated 5 Vpp

Amplitude modulated– low level– high level

1-3 Vpp3 x low level, max 9 Vpp

Supported formats IRIG-B 00x, IRIG-B 12x

Accuracy +/-10μs for IRIG-B 00x and +/-100μs for IRIG-B 12x

Input impedance 100 k ohm

Optical connector:

Optical connector IRIG-B Type ST

Type of fibre 62.5/125 μm multimode fibre

Supported formats IRIG-B 00x

Accuracy +/- 1μs

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

112 ABB

Page 113: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Inverse characteristicM12388-1 v17

Table 170. ANSI Inverse time characteristics

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operating characteristic:

( )1PAt B k tDef

I

æ öç ÷= + × +ç ÷ç - ÷è ø

EQUATION1249-SMALL V2 EN-US

Reset characteristic:

( )2 1= ×

-

trt kI

EQUATION1250-SMALL V1 EN-US

I = Imeasured/Iset

0.10 ≤ k ≤ 3.001.5 x Iset ≤ I ≤ 20 x Iset

ANSI/IEEE C37.112 ,±2.0% or ±40 mswhichever is greater

ANSI Extremely Inverse A=28.2, B=0.1217, P=2.0 , tr=29.1

ANSI Very inverse A=19.61, B=0.491, P=2.0 , tr=21.6

ANSI Normal Inverse A=0.0086, B=0.0185, P=0.02, tr=0.46

ANSI Moderately Inverse A=0.0515, B=0.1140, P=0.02, tr=4.85

ANSI Long Time Extremely Inverse A=64.07, B=0.250, P=2.0, tr=30

ANSI Long Time Very Inverse A=28.55, B=0.712, P=2.0, tr=13.46

ANSI Long Time Inverse A=0.086, B=0.185, P=0.02, tr=4.6

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 113

Page 114: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 171. IEC Inverse time characteristics

Function Range or value Accuracy

Operating characteristic:

( )1= ×

-

æ öç ÷ç ÷è ø

P

At k

I

EQUATION1251-SMALL V1 EN-US

I = Imeasured/Iset

0.10 ≤ k ≤ 3.001.5 x Iset ≤ I ≤ 20 x Iset

IEC 60255-151, ±2.0%or ±40 ms whichever isgreater

IEC Normal Inverse A=0.14, P=0.02

IEC Very inverse A=13.5, P=1.0

IEC Inverse A=0.14, P=0.02

IEC Extremely inverse A=80.0, P=2.0

IEC Short time inverse A=0.05, P=0.04

IEC Long time inverse A=120, P=1.0

Programmable characteristicOperate characteristic:

( )= + ×

-

æ öç ÷ç ÷è ø

P

At B k

I C

EQUATION1370-SMALL V1 EN-US

Reset characteristic:

( )= ×

-PR

TRt k

I CR

EQUATION1253-SMALL V1 EN-US

I = Imeasured/Iset

k = (0.05-999) in steps of 0.01A=(0.005-200.000) in steps of 0.001B=(0.00-20.00) in steps of 0.01C=(0.1-10.0) in steps of 0.1P=(0.005-3.000) in steps of 0.001TR=(0.005-100.000) in steps of 0.001CR=(0.1-10.0) in steps of 0.1PR=(0.005-3.000) in steps of 0.001

Table 172. RI and RD type inverse time characteristics

Function Range or value Accuracy

RI type inverse characteristic

1

0.2360.339

= ×

-

t k

IEQUATION1137-SMALL V1 EN-US

I = Imeasured/Iset

0.10 ≤ k ≤ 3.001.5 x Iset ≤ I ≤ 20 x Iset

IEC 60255-151, ±2.0%or ±40 ms whichever isgreater

RD type logarithmic inverse characteristic

5.8 1.35= - ×æ öç ÷è ø

tI

Ink

EQUATION1138-SMALL V1 EN-US

I = Imeasured/Iset

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

114 ABB

Page 115: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

SEMOD116978-2 v8

Table 173. Inverse time characteristics for overvoltage protection

Function Range or value Accuracy

Type A curve:

=- >

>

æ öç ÷è ø

tk

U U

UEQUATION1436-SMALL V1 EN-US

U> = UsetU = Umeasured

k = (0.05-1.10) in steps of 0.01 ±5.0% or ±45 mswhichever is greater

Type B curve:

2.0

480

32 0.5

=⋅

− >⋅ −

0.035+

>

tk

U U

UEQUATION1437-SMALL V2 EN-US

k = (0.05-1.10) in steps of 0.01

Type C curve:

3.0

480

32 0.5

=⋅

⋅ −− >

0.035+

>

tk

U U

UEQUATION1438-SMALL V2 EN-US

k = (0.05-1.10) in steps of 0.01

Programmable curve:

×= +

- >× -

>

æ öç ÷è ø

P

k At D

U UB C

UEQUATION1439-SMALL V1 EN-US

k = (0.05-1.10) in steps of 0.01A = (0.005-200.000) in steps of 0.001B = (0.50-100.00) in steps of 0.01C = (0.0-1.0) in steps of 0.1D = (0.000-60.000) in steps of 0.001P = (0.000-3.000) in steps of 0.001

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 115

Page 116: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 174. Inverse time characteristics for undervoltage protection

Function Range or value Accuracy

Type A curve:

=< -

<

æ öç ÷è ø

kt

U U

UEQUATION1431-SMALL V1 EN-US

U< = UsetU = Umeasured

k = (0.05-1.10) in steps of 0.01 ±5.0% or ±45 mswhichever is greater

Type B curve:

2.0

4800.055

32 0.5

×= +

< -× -

<

æ öç ÷è ø

kt

U U

UEQUATION1432-SMALL V1 EN-US

U< = UsetU = Umeasured

k = (0.05-1.10) in steps of 0.01

Programmable curve:

×= +

< -× -

<

é ùê úê úê úæ öê úç ÷ë è ø û

P

k At D

U UB C

UEQUATION1433-SMALL V1 EN-US

U< = UsetU = Umeasured

k = (0.05-1.10) in steps of 0.01A = (0.005-200.000) in steps of 0.001B = (0.50-100.00) in steps of 0.01C = (0.0-1.0) in steps of 0.1D = (0.000-60.000) in steps of 0.001P = (0.000-3.000) in steps of 0.001

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

116 ABB

Page 117: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 175. Inverse time characteristics for residual overvoltage protection

Function Range or value Accuracy

Type A curve:

=- >

>

æ öç ÷è ø

tk

U U

UEQUATION1436-SMALL V1 EN-US

U> = UsetU = Umeasured

k = (0.05-1.10) in steps of0.01

±5.0% or ±45 ms whichever is greater

Type B curve:

2.0

480

32 0.5

=⋅

− >⋅ −

0.035+

>

tk

U U

UEQUATION1437-SMALL V2 EN-US

k = (0.05-1.10) in steps of0.01

Type C curve:

3.0

480

32 0.5

=⋅

⋅ −− >

0.035+

>

tk

U U

UEQUATION1438-SMALL V2 EN-US

k = (0.05-1.10) in steps of0.01

Programmable curve:

×= +

- >× -

>

æ öç ÷è ø

P

k At D

U UB C

UEQUATION1439-SMALL V1 EN-US

k = (0.05-1.10) in steps of0.01A = (0.005-200.000) insteps of 0.001B = (0.50-100.00) in stepsof 0.01C = (0.0-1.0) in steps of0.1D = (0.000-60.000) insteps of 0.001P = (0.000-3.000) in stepsof 0.001

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 117

Page 118: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

22. Ordering for customized IEDGUID-1A467B6A-5034-4443-87DE-C8DD2022079C v4.2.1

Table 176. General guidelines

GuidelinesCarefully read and follow the set of rules to ensure problem-free order management.Please refer to the available functions table for included application functions.PCM600 can be used to make changes and/or additions to the delivered factory configuration of the pre-configured.

Table 177. Example ordering code

To obtain the complete ordering code, please combine code from the selection tables, as given in the example below.The selected qty of each table must be filled in, if no selection is possible the code is 0Example of a complete code: REL670*2.1-F00X00 - A00000030000001 - B5520000110102001121101000 - C0000332022020012221000300 - D22212011 - E2220 -F0 - S6 - G032 - H20401100000 - K11111111 - L0611 - M21 - P01 - B1X0 - AC - MB - B - A3X0 - D1D1ARGN1N1XXXXXXX - AAFXXX - AX

Product definition - Differential protection -REL670* 2.1 - X00 - A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -

Impedance protection -B 0 0 0 0 -

Current protection -C 00 0 00 1 0 0 0 0 0 -

Voltage protection - Frequency protection - Multipurposeprotection

- Generalcalculation

-

D 0 1 - E 00 - F - S -

Secondary system supervision - Control -G - H 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -

Scheme communication - Logic - Monitoring - Station communication -K 1 - L - M 1 - P 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -

Language

- CasingandMounting

- Connectionand power

- HMI - Analog input - Binary input/output -

B1 - - - - - -

Remote end serial communication - Serial communication unit for station communication -

Table 178. Product definition

REL670* 2.1 X00

Table 179. Product definition ordering codes

Product REL670*Software version 2.1Configuration alternativesLine distance protection REL 670 F00Line distance protection REL670 61850-9-2LE N00Selection: ACT configurationABB Standard configuration X00

Table 180. Differential protection

Position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

118 ABB

Page 119: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 181. Differential functions

Function Functionidentification

Ordering no Position

Availableqty

Selectedqty

Notes andrules

1Ph High impedance differential protection HZPDIF 1MRK005904-HA 7 0-3 Additional security logic for differential protection LDRGFC 1MRK005904-TA 14 0-1

Table 182. Impedance protection

Position

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

B 1 0 0 0 0

Table 183. Impedance functions, alternatives

Function Functionidentification

Ordering no Position

Availableqty

Selectedqty

Notes andrules

Note: One, and only one alternative must be selected. *) Selected qty = 0 for functions in unselected alternatives.Alternative 1 Distance protection, quadrilateralDistance protection zone, quadrilateral characteristic ZMQPDIS,

ZMQAPDIS1MRK005907-AA 1 1-5 *)

Directional impedance quadrilateral ZDRDIR 1MRK005907-BA 2 1-2 *) Phase selection, quadrilateral characteristic with fixed angle FDPSPDIS 1MRK005907-CA 3 2 *) Alternative 2 Distance protection for series compensated lines, quadrilateral Phase selection, quadrilateral characteristic with fixed angle FDPSPDIS 1MRK005907-CA 3 2 *) Distance measuring zone, quadrilateral characteristic for seriescompensated lines

ZMCPDIS,ZMCAPDIS

1MRK005907-DA 4 1-5 *)

Directional impedance quadrilateral, including series compensation ZDSRDIR 1MRK005907-EA 5 1-2 *) Alternative 3 Distance protection, mho (mho for phase - phase fault and mho in parallel with quad for earth fault) Fullscheme distance protection, mho characteristic ZMHPDIS 1MRK005907-FA 6 1-5 *) Fullscheme distance protection, quadrilateral for earth faults ZMMPDIS,

ZMMAPDIS1MRK005907-GA 7 1-5 *)

Directional impedance element for mho characteristic ZDMRDIR 1MRK005907-HA 8 1-2 *) Additional distance protection directional function for earth faults ZDARDIR 1MRK005907-KA 9 1-2 *) Mho Impedance supervision logic ZSMGAPC 1MRK005907-LA 10 1 *) Faulty phase identification with load encroachment FMPSPDIS 1MRK005907-MA 11 2 *) Alternative 4 Distance protection, quadrilateral with separate settings for PP and PE Directional impedance quadrilateral ZDRDIR 1MRK005907-BA 2 1-2 *) Distance protection zone, quadrilateral characteristic, separatesettings

ZMRPDIS,ZMRAPDIS

1MRK005907-NA 12 1-5 *)

Phase selection, quadrilateral characteristic with settable angle FRPSPDIS 1MRK005907-PA 13 2 *) Alternative 5 High speed distance protection, quadrilateral and mho High speed distance protection, quad and mho characteristic ZMFPDIS 1MRK005907-SB 14 1 *) Alternative 6 High speed distance protection for series compensated lines, quadrilateral and mho High speed distance protection for series compensated lines, quadand mho characteristic

ZMFCPDIS 1MRK005907-RB 15 1 *)

Optional with alternative 1Directional impedance element for mho characteristic ZDMRDIR 1MRK005907-HA 8 1-2 *) Optional with alternative 3Phase selection, quadrilateral characteristic with fixed angle FDPSPDIS 1MRK005907-CA 3 2 *) Optional with alternatives 1, 2 and 4Additional distance protection directional function for earth faults ZDARDIR 1MRK005907-KA 9 1-2 *) Faulty phase identification with load encroachment FMPSPDIS 1MRK005907-MA 11 2 *) Optional with any alternative

Power swing detection ZMRPSB 1MRK005907-UA 16 0-1 Automatic switch onto fault logic, voltage and current based ZCVPSOF 1MRK005908-AA 17 1 Power swing logic PSLPSCH 1MRK005907-VA 18 0-1 PoleSlip/Out-of-step protection PSPPPAM 1MRK005908-CB 19 0-2 Out-of-step protection OOSPPAM 1MRK005908-GA 20 0-1 Phase preference logic PPLPHIZ 1MRK005908-DA 22 0-1

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 119

Page 120: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 184. Current protection

Position

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

C 00 0 00 1 0 0 0 0 0

Table 185. Current functions

Function Functionidentification

Ordering no Position

Availableqty

Selectedqty

Notes andrules

Instantaneous phase overcurrent protection PHPIOC 1MRK005910-AC 1 0-3 Four step phase overcurrent protection OC4PTOC 1MRK005910-BB 2 0-3 Instantaneous residual overcurrent protection EFPIOC 1MRK005910-DC 4 0-3 Four step residual overcurrent protection EF4PTOC 1MRK005910-EC 5 0-3 Four step directional negative phase sequence overcurrent protection NS4PTOC 1MRK005910-FB 6 0-2 Sensitive Directional residual over current and power protetcion SDEPSDE 1MRK005910-GA 7 0-1 Thermal overload protection, one time constant, Celcius LCPTTR 1MRK005911-BA 8 0-2 Thermal overload protection, one time constant, Fahrenheit LFPTTR 1MRK005911-AA 9 0-2 Breaker failure protection CCRBRF 1MRK005910-LA 11 0-2 Stub protection STBPTOC 1MRK005910-NA 13 0-1 Pole discordance protection CCPDSC 1MRK005910-PA 14 0-2 Directional Underpower protection GUPPDUP 1MRK005910-RA 15 0-2 Directional Overpower protection GOPPDOP 1MRK005910-TA 16 0-2 Broken conductor check BRCPTOC 1MRK005910-SA 17 1 Voltage restrained overcurrent protection VRPVOC 1MRK005910-XA 21 0-3

Table 186. Voltage protection

Position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

D 0 1

Table 187. Voltage functions

Function Functionidentification

Ordering no Position

Availableqty

Selectedqty

Notes andrules

Two step undervoltage protection UV2PTUV 1MRK005912-AA 1 0-2 Two step overvoltage protection OV2PTOV 1MRK005912-BA 2 0-2 Two step residual overvoltage protection ROV2PTOV 1MRK005912-CC 3 0-2 Overexcitation protection OEXPVPH 1MRK005912-DA 4 0-1 Voltage differential protection VDCPTOV 1MRK005912-EA 5 0-2 Loss of voltage check LOVPTUV 1MRK005912-GA 7 1 Radial feeder protection PAPGAPC 1MRK005912-HA 8 0-1

Table 188. Frequency protection

Position 1 2 3 4

E 00

Table 189. Frequency functions

Function Functionidentification

Ordering no position

Availableqty

Selectedqty

Notes andrules

Underfrequency protection SAPTUF 1MRK005914-AA 1 0-6 Overfrequency protection SAPTOF 1MRK005914-BA 2 0-6 Rate-of-change frequency protection SAPFRC 1MRK005914-CA 3 0-6

Table 190. Multipurpose protection

Position 1

F

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

120 ABB

Page 121: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 191. Multipurpose functions

Function Functionidentification

Ordering no Position

Availableqty

SelectedQty

Notes andrules

General current and voltage protection CVGAPC 1MRK005915-AA 1 0-4

Table 192. General calculation

Position 1

S

Table 193. General calculation functions

Function Functionidentification

Ordering no Position

Availableqty

Selectedqty

Notes andrules

Frequency tracking filter SMAIHPAC 1MRK005915-KA 1 0-6

Table 194. Secondary system supervision

Position 1 2 3

G

Table 195. Secondary system supervision functions

Function Functionidentification

Ordering no Position

Availableqty

Selectedqty

Notes andrules

Current circuit supervison CCSSPVC 1MRK005916-AA 1 0-2 Fuse failure supervision FUFSPVC 1MRK005916-BA 2 0-3 Fuse failure supervision based on voltage difference VDSPVC 1MRK005916-CA 3 0-2

Table 196. Control

Position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

H 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Table 197. Control functions

Function Functionidentification

Ordering no Position

Availableqty

SelectedQty

Notes andrules

Synchrocheck, energizing check and synchronizing SESRSYN 1MRK005917-AA 1 0-2 Autorecloser SMBRREC 1MRK005917-BA 3 0-4 Apparatus control for single bay, max 10 app. (1CB) incl. Interlocking APC10 1MRK005917-AY 5 0-1 Note: Only

oneApparatuscontrolcan beordered.

Apparatus control for single bay, max 15 app. (2CBs) incl. Interlocking APC15 1MRK005917-BY 6 0-1

Table 198. Scheme communication

Position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

K 1

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 121

Page 122: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 199. Scheme communication functions

Function Functionidentification

Ordering no Position

Availableqty

Selectedqty

Notes andrules

Scheme communication logic for distance or Overcurrent protection ZCPSCH 1MRK005920-AA 1 0-2 Note: Onlyone of(ZCPSCH/ZC1PPSCH) can beordered

Phase segregated Scheme communication logic for distanceprotection

ZC1PPSCH 1MRK005920-BA 2 0-2

Current reversal and weak-end infeed logic for distance protection ZCRWPSCH 1MRK005920-CA 3 0-2 Note: Onlyone of(ZCRWSCH/ZC1WPSCH) canbeordered

Current reversal and weak-end infeed logic for phase segregatedcommunication

ZC1WPSCH 1MRK005920-DA 4 0-2

Local acceleration logic ZCLCPSCH 1MRK005920-EA 5 1 Scheme communication logic for residual overcurrent protection ECPSCH 1MRK005920-FA 6 0-1 Current reversal and weakend infeed logic for residual overcurrentprotection

ECRWPSCH 1MRK005920-GA 7 0-1

Direct transfer trip DTT 1MRK005921-AX 8 0-1

Table 200. Logic

Position 1 2

L

Table 201. Logic functions

Function Functionidentification

Ordering no Position

Availableqty

Selectedqty

Notes andrules

Configurable logic blocks Q/T 1MRK005922-MX 1 0-1 Extension logic package 1MRK005922-AY 2 0-1

Table 202. Monitoring

Position 1 2

M 1

Table 203. Monitoring functions

Function Functionidentification

Ordering no Position

Availableqty

Selectedqty

Notes andrules

Circuit breaker condition monitoring SSCBR 1MRK005924-HA 1 00–06 Fault locator LMBRFLO 1MRK005925-XB 2 1

Table 204. Station communication

Position 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

P 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Table 205. Station communication functions

Function Functionidentification

Ordering no Position Available qty Selectedqty

Notes and rules

Process Bus communication IEC 61850-9-2 1MRK005930-TA

1 0 if F00 isselected, 6 ifN00 isselected

Note: REL670 customizedqty = 0, REL670 61850-9-2qty = 6

IEC 62439-3 parallel redundancy protocol PRP 1MRK002924-YB

2 0-1 Note: Not valid in REL67061850-9-2LE productNote: Requires 2–channelOEM

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

122 ABB

Page 123: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 206. Language selection

First local HMI user dialogue language Selection Notes and Rules

HMI language, English IEC B1 Additional HMI language No additional HMI language X0 HMI language, English US A12 Selected B1

Table 207. Casing selection

Casing Selection Notes and Rules

1/2 x 19" case A 3/4 x 19" rack case 1 TRM slot B 3/4 x 19" case 2 TRM slots C 1/1 x 19" rack case 1 TRM slot D 1/1 x 19" case 2 TRM slots E Selected

Table 208. Mounting selection

Mounting details with IP40 of protection from the front Selection Notes and Rules

No mounting kit included X 19" rack mounting kit for 1/2 x 19" case or 2xRHGS6 or RHGS12 A 19" rack mounting kit for 3/4 x 19" case or 3xRGHS6 B 19" rack mounting kit for 1/1 x 19" case C Wall mounting kit D Note: Wall mounting not

recommended withcommunication modules withfibre connection (SLM, OEM,LDCM)

Flush mounting kit E Flush mounting kit + IP54 mounting seal F Selected

Table 209. Connection type

Connection type for Power supply module Selection Notes and Rules

Compression terminals M Ringlug terminals N Connection type for Input/Output modules Compression terminals P Ringlug terminals R Selected

Table 210. Auxiliary power supply

Selection Notes and Rules

24-60 VDC A 90-250 VDC B Selected

Table 211. Human machine interface selection

Human machine hardware interface Selection Notes and Rules

Medium size - graphic display, IEC keypad symbols B Medium size - graphic display, ANSI keypad symbols C Selected

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 123

Page 124: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 212. Analog system selection

Analog system Selection Notes and Rules

No first TRM included X0 Note: Only valid for REL670–N00 Compression terminals A Note: only the sametype of TRM

(Compression or Ringlug) can beselected in the same terminal. Ringlug terminals B

First TRM 9I+3U 1A, 100/220V, 50/60Hz 3 First TRM 9I+3U 5A, 100/220V, 50/60Hz 4 First TRM 5I, 1A+4I, 5A+3U, 100/220V, 50/60Hz 5 First TRM 6I+6U 1A, 100/220V, 50/60Hz 6 First TRM 6I+6U 5A, 100/220V, 50/60Hz 7 First TRM 7I+5U 1A, 100/220V, 50/60Hz 12 First TRM 7I+5U 5A, 100/220V, 50/60Hz 13 First TRM 6I, 5A + 1I, 1A + 5U, 110/220V, 50/60Hz 14 First TRM 3I, 5A + 4I, 1A + 5U, 110/220V, 50/60Hz 15 First TRM 3I, 5A + 3I, 1A + 6U, 110/220V, 50/60Hz 16 First TRM 3IM, 1A + 4IP, 1A + 5U, 110/220V, 50/60Hz 17 First TRM 3IM, 5A + 4IP, 5A + 5U, 110/220V, 50/60Hz 18 No second TRM included X0 Compression terminals A Ringlug terminals B Second TRM 9I+3U 1A, 100/220V, 50/60Hz 3 Second TRM 9I+3U 5A, 100/220V, 50/60Hz 4 Second TRM 5I, 1A+4I, 5A+3U, 100/220V, 50/60Hz 5 Second TRM 6I+6U 1A, 100/220V, 50/60Hz 6 Second TRM 6I+6U 5A, 100/220V, 50/60Hz 7 Second TRM 6I 1A, 50/60Hz 8 Second TRM 6I 5A, 50/60Hz 9 Second TRM 7I+5U 1A, 100/220V, 50/60Hz 12 Second TRM 7I+5U 5A, 100/220V, 50/60Hz 13 Second TRM 6I, 5A + 1I, 1A + 5U, 110/220V, 50/60Hz 14 Second TRM 3I, 5A + 4I, 1A + 5U, 110/220V, 50/60Hz 15 Second TRM 3I, 5A + 3I, 1A + 6U, 110/220V, 50/60Hz 16 Second TRM 3IM, 1A + 4IP, 1A + 5U, 110/220V, 50/60Hz 17 Second TRM 3IM, 5A + 4IP, 5A + 5U, 110/220V, 50/60Hz 18 Selected

Table 213. Maximum quantity of I/O modules

Note: When ordering I/O modules, observe the maximum quantities according to the table below

Case sizes BIM IOM BOM/SOM

MIM Maximum in case

1/1 x 19”, one (1) TRM 14 6 4 4 14 cards, including a combination of four cards of type BOM, SOM and MIM

1/1 x 19”, two (2) TRM 11 6 4 4 11 cards, including a combination of four cards of type BOM, SOM and MIM

3/4 x 19”, one (1) TRM 8 6 4 4 8 cards, including a combination of four cards of type BOM, SOM and maximun oenMIM

3/4 x 19”, two (2) TRM 5 5 4 4 5 cards, including a combination of four cards of type BOM, SOM and maximun oenMIM

1/2 x 19”, one (1) TRM 3 3 3 1 3 cards

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

124 ABB

Page 125: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 214. Binary input/output module selection

Binary input/outputmodules

Selection Notes and Rules

Slot position (rear view)X3

1

X41

X51

X61

X71

X81

X91

X101

X111

X121

X131

X141

X151

X161 Note! Max 3 positions in 1/2 rack,

8 in 3/4 rack with 1 TRM, 5 in 3/4rack with 2 TRM, 11 in 1/1 rackwith 2 TRM and 14 in 1/1 rackwith 1 TRM

1/2 Case with 1 TRM 3/4 Case with 1 TRM 3/4 Case with 2 TRM 1/1 Case with 1 TRM 1/1 Case with 2 TRM No board in slot X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Binary output module 24

output relays (BOM)A A A A A A A A A A A A A A

BIM 16 inputs, RL24-30VDC, 50 mA

B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1

BIM 16 inputs, RL48-60VDC, 50 mA

C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1

BIM 16 inputs,RL110-125 VDC, 50 mA

D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1

BIM 16 inputs,RL220-250 VDC, 50 mA

E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1

BIM 16 inputs, 220-250VDC, 120mA

E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2

BIMp 16 inputs, RL24-30VDC, 30 mA, for pulsecounting

F F F F F F F F F F F F F F

BIMp 16 inputs, RL48-60VDC, 30 mA, for pulsecounting

G G G G G G G G G G G G G G

BIMp 16 inputs,RL110-125 VDC, 30 mA,for pulse counting

H H H H H H H H H H H H H H

BIM 16 inputs,RL220-250 VDC, 30 mA,for pulse counting

K K K K K K K K K K K K K K

IOM 8 inputs, 10+2output, RL24-30 VDC,50 mA

L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1

IOM 8 inputs, 10+2output, RL48-60 VDC,50 mA

M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

IOM 8 inputs, 10+2output, RL110-125 VDC,50 mA

N1 N1 N1 N1 N1 N1 N1 N1 N1 N1 N1 N1 N1 N1

IOM 8 inputs, 10+2output, RL220-250 VDC,50 mA

P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1

IOM 8 inputs 10+2output relays, 220-250VDC, 110mA

P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2

IOM with MOV 8 inputs,10-2 output, 24-30 VDC,30 mA

U U U U U U U U U U U U U U

IOM with MOV 8 inputs,10-2 output, 48-60 VDC,30 mA

V V V V V V V V V V V V V V

IOM with MOV 8 inputs,10-2 output, 110-125VDC, 30 mA

W W W W W W W W W W W W W W

IOM with MOV 8 inputs,10-2 output, 220-250VDC, 30 mA

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

mA input module MIM 6channels

R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 125

Page 126: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Table 214. Binary input/output module selection, continuedBinary input/outputmodules

Selection Notes and Rules

SOM Static outputmodule, 12 outputs,48-60 VDC

T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 Note: SOM must not to be placedin position nearest to NUM; 1/2case slot P5, 3/4 case 1 TRM slotP10, 3/4 case 2 TRM slot P7, 1/1case 1 TRM slot P16, 1/1 case 2TRM slot P13

SOM static outputsmodule, 12 outputs,110-250 VDC

T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2

Selected.

Table 215. Remote end serial communication selection

Remote end communication, station communication and time synchronizationmodules

Selection Notes and Rules

Slot position (rear view)

X312

X313

X302

X303

X322

X323 Note: The maximum number and

type of LDCM modules supporteddepend on the total amount ofmodules (BIM, BOM, LDCM,OEM, GTM, SLM, RS485, IRIG-B) in the IED.

Available slots in 1/2, 3/4 and 1/1 case with 1TRM Note: Max 2 LDCM in 1/2 case Available slots in 3/4 and 1/1 case with 2 TRM No remote communication board included X X X X X X Optical short range LDCM A A A A A A Note: Max 2 LDCM (same or

different type) can be selectedRule: if 2 LDCM are selected,always place LDCM modules onthe same board to supportredundant communication; inP30:2 and P30:3, P31:2 andP31:3 or P32:2 and P32:3

Optical medium range, LDCM 1310 nm B B B B B B Optical long range, LDCM 1550 nm C C C C C C Galvanic X21 line data communication module E E E E E E

IRIG-B Time synchronization module F F F F F F Galvanic RS485 communication module G G G G G G GPS time synchronization module S S S S Selected

Table 216. Serial communication unit for station communication selection

Serial communication unit for station communication Selection Notes and Rules

Slot position (rear view)

X301

X311

No communication board included X X Serial SPA/LON/DNP/IEC 60870-5-103 plastic interface A Serial SPA/LON/DNP/IEC 60870-5-103 plastic/glass interface B Serial SPA/LON/DNP/IEC 60870-5-103 glass interface C Optical ethernet module, 1 channel glass D Optical ethernet module, 2 channel glass E Selected.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

126 ABB

Page 127: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

23. Ordering for pre-configured IEDGUID-B482FE4F-883D-4BE6-907B-4E823E21BBFC v8.1.1

GuidelinesCarefully read and follow the set of rules to ensure problem-free order management.Please refer to the available functions table for included application functions.PCM600 can be used to make changes and/or additions to the delivered factory configuration of the pre-configured.

To obtain the complete ordering code, please combine code from the tables, as given in the example below.Example code: REL670 *2.1-A30X00- A02H02-B1A3-AC-MB-B-A3X0-DAB1RGN1N1XXXXXXX-AXFXXX-AX. Using the code of each position #1-13 specified asREL670*1-2 2-3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3-4 4-5-6-7 8-9-10 10 10 10-11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11-12 12 12 12 12 12-13 13

# 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 6 - 7 8 - 9 -REL670* - - - - - - -

10 - 11 - 12 - 13 - . -

Po

sitio

n

SOFTWARE #1 Notes and Rules

Version number Version no 2.1

Selection for position #1.

Configuration alternatives #2 Notes and Rules

Isolated or high impedance earthed systems A21 Single breaker, 3-phase tripping A31 Multi breaker, 3-phase tripping B31 Single breaker, 1-phase tripping A32 Multi breaker, 1-phase tripping B32 CAP configuration ABB standard configuration X00 Selection for position #2.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 127

Page 128: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Software options #3 Notes and Rules

No option X00

All fields in the ordering form donot need to be filled in

1Ph high impedance differential protection -3 blocks

A02

Note: Only for A31/B31/A32/B32

Power swing logic B03

Phase segregated scheme communication B05

Note: Only for A32/B32

Out-of-step protection B22

Note: Only for A31/B31/A32/B32

Sensitive directional residual overcurrent andpower protection

C16

Directional power protection C17

Four step directional negative phasesequence overcurrent protection

C41

Overexcitation protection, 2 windings D03

Frequency protection — line E02

General current and voltage protection F01

Fuse failure supervision based on voltagedifference

G03

Autorecloser, 1 circuit breaker H04

Note: H04 only for A31/A321 block already included

Autorecloser, 2 circuit breakers H05

Note: H05 only for B31/B322 blocks already included

Apparatus control 8 objects H07

Note: H07 only for A21/A31/A32.H08 only for B31/B32

Apparatus control 15 objects H08

Circuit breaker condition monitoring — 3CB M13

Note: M15 only for B31 and B32,M13 only for A21, A31 and A32

Circuit breaker condition monitoring — 6CB M15

IEC 62439-3 parallel redundancy protocol P03

Note: P03 requires a 2-channelOEM.

Selection for position #3

First local HMI user dialogue language #4 Notes and Rules

HMI language, English IEC B1 Additional HMI language No additional HMI language X0 HMI language, English US A12 Selection for position #4.

Casing #5 Notes and Rules

1/2 x 19" case A 3/4 x 19" case 2 TRM slots C 1/1 x 19" case 2 TRM slots E Selection for position #5.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

128 ABB

Page 129: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Mounting details with IP40 of protection from the front #6 Notes and Rules

No mounting kit included X 19" rack mounting kit for 1/2 x 19" case or 2xRHGS6 or RHGS12 A 19" rack mounting kit for 3/4 x 19" case or 3xRGHS6 B 19" rack mounting kit for 1/1 x 19" case C Wall mounting kit D Note: Wall mounting not

recommended withcommunication modules withfibre connection (SLM, OEM,LDCM)

Flush mounting kit E Flush mounting kit + IP54 mounting seal F Selection for position #6.

Connection type #7 Notes and Rules

Connection type for Power supply module Compression terminals M Ringlug terminals N Connection type for input/output and communication modules Compression terminals P Selection for position #7.

Auxiliary power supply #8 Notes and Rules

24-60 VDC A 90-250 VDC B Selection for position #8.

Human machine hardware interface #9 Notes and Rules

Medium size - graphic display, IEC keypad symbols B Medium size - graphic display, ANSI keypad symbols C Selection for position #9.

Analog input system #10 Notes and Rules

Compression terminals A Ringlug terminals B First TRM, 6I+6U 1A, 100/220V 6 First TRM, 6I+6U 5A, 100/220V 7 First TRM, 3I, 5A + 3I, 1A + 6U, 100/220 V 16 Note: Only for A21/A31/A32 No second TRM included X0 Note: Second TRM only for

A31/A32/B31/B32 Compression terminals A Ringlug terminals B Second TRM, 9I+3U 1A, 100/220V 3 Second TRM, 9I+3U 5A, 100/220V 4 Second TRM, 5I, 1A+4I, 5A+3U, 100/220V 5 Second TRM, 6I+6U 1A, 100/220V 6 Second TRM, 6I+6U 5A, 100/220V 7 Second TRM, 6I, 1A, 100/220V 8 Second TRM, 6I, 5A, 100/220V 9 Second TRM, 7I+5U 1A, 100/220V 12 Second TRM, 7I+5U 5A, 100/220V 13 Second TRM, 3I, 5A+3I, 1A+6U, 100/220V 16 Note: Only for A31/A32 Selection for position #10.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 129

Page 130: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Binary input/output module, mA and timesynchronization boards.

#11 Notes and Rules

For pulse counting, for example kWh metering, the BIM with enhanced pulse counting capabilities must be used.Note: 1BIM and 1 BOM included In A31/A32/B31/B32, 1 IOM basic in A21.

Slot position (rear view)

X31

X41

X51

X61

X71

X81

X91

X101

X111

X121

X131 Note: Max 3 positions in 1/2 rack

with 1 TRM, Max 5 positions in3/4 rack with 2 TRM, Max 11positions in 1/1 rack with 2 TRM

1/2 Case with 1 TRM Note: Only 1/2 case for A21.3/4 Case with 2 TRM 1/1 Case with 2 TRM No board in slot X X X X X X X X X X X Binary output module 24 output relays (BOM) A A A A A A A A A A Note: Maximum 4 (BOM+SOM

+MIM) boards. BIM 16 inputs, RL24-30 VDC B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 Note: X31 only for A31/A32/B31/

B32, X41 only for A21X51 not in B32 BIM 16 inputs, RL48-60 VDC C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1 C1

BIM 16 inputs, RL110-125 VDC D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 D1 BIM 16 inputs, RL220-250 VDC E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 E1 BIM 16 inputs, 220-250 VDC, 120mA E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 BIMp 16 inputs, RL24-30 VDC, for pulse

counting F F F F F F F F F F Note: X41 only for A21

X51 not in B32 BIMp 16 inputs, RL48-60 VDC, for pulse

counting G G G G G G G G G G

BIMp 16 inputs, RL110-125 VDC, for pulsecounting

H H H H H H H H H H

BIMp 16 inputs, RL220-250 VDC, for pulsecounting

K K K K K K K K K K

IOM 8 inputs, 10+2 output, RL24-30 VDC L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 Note: X31 and X41 only for A21,X51 not in B32 IOM 8 inputs, 10+2 output, RL48-60 VDC M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

IOM 8 inputs, 10+2 output, RL110-125 VDC N1 N1 N1 N1 N1 N1 N1 N1 N1 N1 N1 IOM 8 inputs, 10+2 output, RL220-250 VDC P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 IOM 8 inputs 10+2 output relays, 220-250

VDC, 110mAP2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2

IOM with MOV 8 inputs, 10-2 output, 24-30VDC

U U U U U U U U U U U

IOM with MOV 8 inputs, 10-2 output, 48-60VDC

V V V V V V V V V V V

IOM with MOV 8 inputs, 10-2 output, 110-125VDC

W W W W W W W W W W W

IOM with MOV 8 inputs, 10-2 output, 220-250VDC

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

mA input module MIM 6 channels R R R R R R R R R R Note: Maximum 1 MIM board in1/2 case. X51 not for B32X41 only for A21.

SOM Static output module, 12 outputs, 48-60VDC

T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 No SOM board in slot X51 for 1/2case, X71 for 3/4 case and X131for 1/1 case.X41 only for A21. X51 not in B32Note: SOM must not to be placedin position nearest to NUM; 1/2case slot P5, 3/4 case 1 TRM slotP10, 3/4 case 2 TRM slot P7, 1/1case 1 TRM slot P16, 1/1 case 2TRM slot P13

SOM static outputs module, 12 outputs,110-250 VDC

T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2

Selection for position #11.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

130 ABB

Page 131: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Remote end communication, DNP serial comm. and time synchronizationmodules

#12 Notes and Rules

Slot position (rear view)

X312

X313

X302

X303

X322

X323 Note: The maximum number and

type of LDCM modules supporteddepend on the total amount ofmodules (BIM, BOM, LDCM,OEM, GTM, SLM, RS485, IRIG-B) in the IED.

Available slots in 1/2 case with 1TRM Note: Max 2 LDCM in 1/2 case Available slots in 3/4 and 1/1 case with 2 TRM No remote communication board included X X X X X X Optical short range LDCM A A A A A A Note: if 2 LDCM are selected,

always place LDCM modules onthe same board to supportredundant communication; inP30:2 and P30:3, P31:2 andP31:3 or P32:2 and P32:3

Optical medium range, LDCM 1310 nm B B B B B B Optical long range, LDCM 1550 nm C C C C C C Galvanic X21 line data communication module E E E E E E

IRIG-B Time synchronization module F F F F F F Galvanic RS485 communication module G G G G G G GPS time synchronization module S S S S Selection for position #12.

Serial communication unit for station communication #13 Notes and Rules

Slot position (rear view)

X301

X311

No communication board included X X Serial SPA/LON/DNP/IEC 60870-5-103 plastic interface A Serial SPA/LON/DNP/IEC 60870-5-103 plastic/glass interface B Serial SPA/LON/DNP/IEC 60870-5-103 glass interface C Optical ethernet module, 1 channel glass D Optical ethernet module, 2 channel glass E Selection for position #13.

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 131

Page 132: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

24. Ordering for Accessories

AccessoriesIP15151-1 v1

GPS antenna and mounting detailsM12374-3 v5

GPS antenna, including mounting kits Quantity: 1MRK 001 640-AA

Cable for antenna, 20 m (Appx. 65 ft) Quantity: 1MRK 001 665-AA

Cable for antenna, 40 m (Appx. 131 ft) Quantity: 1MRK 001 665-BA

Interface converter (for remote end data communication)M16668-3 v8

External interface converter from C37.94 to G703 Quantity: 1 2 1MRK 002 245-AA

External interface converter from C37.94 to G703.E1 Quantity: 1 2 1MRK 002 245-BA

Test switchSEMOD111888-5 v11

The test system COMBITEST intended for use with the IEDsis described in 1MRK 512 001-BEN and 1MRK 001024-CA.Please refer to the website:www.abb.com/substationautomation for detailed information.

Due to the high flexibility of our product and the wide varietyof applications possible the test switches needs to beselected for each specific application.

Select your suitable test switch base on the availablecontacts arrangements shown in the referencedocumentation.

However our proposals for suitable variants are;

Single breaker/Single or Three Phase trip with internal neutralon current circuits (ordering number RK926 315-AK).

Single breaker/Single or Three Phase trip with external neutralon current circuits (ordering number RK926 315-AC).

Multi-breaker/Single or Three Phase trip with internal neutralon current circuits (ordering number RK926 315-BE).

Multi-breaker/Single or Three Phase trip with external neutralon current circuit (ordering number RK926 315-BV).

The normally open "In test mode" contact 29-30 on the RTXPtest switches should be connected to the input of the testfunction block to allow activation of functions individuallyduring testing.

Test switches type RTXP 24 is ordered separately. Pleaserefer to Section Related documents for references tocorresponding documents.

RHGS 6 Case or RHGS 12 Case with mounted RTXP 24 andthe on/off switch for dc-supply are ordered separately. Pleaserefer to Section Related documents for references tocorresponding documents.

Protection coverM15040-3 v5

Protective cover for rear side of RHGS6, 6U, 1/4 x 19” Quantity: 1MRK 002 420-AE

Protective cover for rear side of terminal, 6U, 1/2 x 19” Quantity: 1MRK 002 420-AC

Protective cover for rear side of terminal, 6U, 3/4 x 19” Quantity: 1MRK 002 420-AB

Protective cover for rear side of terminal, 6U, 1/1 x 19” Quantity: 1MRK 002 420-AA

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IECProduct version: 2.1

132 ABB

Page 133: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

External resistor unitSEMOD120228-4 v7

High impedance resistor unit 1-ph with resistor and voltage dependent resistor for20-100V operating voltage

Quantity:

1 2 3 RK 795 101-MA

High impedance resistor unit 3-ph with resistor and voltage dependent resistor for20-100V operating voltage

Quantity: RK 795 101-MB

High impedance resistor unit 1-ph with resistor and voltage dependent resistor for100-400V operating voltage

Quantity:

1 2 3 RK 795 101-CB

High impedance resistor unit 3-ph with resistor and voltage dependent resistor for100-400V operating voltage

Quantity: RK 795 101-DC

CombiflexIP15161-1 v1

Key switch for settingsSEMOD130356-4 v5

Key switch for lock-out of settings via LCD-HMI Quantity: 1MRK 000 611-A

Note: To connect the key switch, leads with 10 A Combiflex socket on one end must be used.SEMOD130267-5 v6

Mounting kit Ordering number

Side-by-side mounting kit Quantity: 1MRK 002 420-Z

Configuration and monitoring toolsIP15162-1 v2M15042-3 v3

Front connection cable between LCD-HMI and PC Quantity: 1MRK 001 665-CA

SEMOD131414-4 v3

LED Label special paper A4, 1 pc Quantity: 1MRK 002 038-CA

LED Label special paper Letter, 1 pc Quantity: 1MRK 002 038-DA

ManualsM15161-3 v11

Note: One (1) IED Connect CD containing user documentation (Operation manual, Technical manual,Installation manual, Commissioning manual, Application manual and Getting started guide), Connectivitypackages and LED label template is always included for each IED.

Rule: Specify additional quantity of IED Connect CD requested. Quantity: 1MRK 002 290-AD

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 133

Page 134: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

User documentation

Rule: Specify the number of printed manuals requested

Application manual IEC Quantity: 1MRK 506 353-UEN

ANSI Quantity: 1MRK 506 338-UUS

Technical manual IEC Quantity: 1MRK 506 354-UEN

ANSI Quantity: 1MRK 506 339-UUS

Commissioning manual IEC Quantity: 1MRK 506 355-UEN

ANSI Quantity: 1MRK 506 340-UUS

Communication protocol manual, IEC 61850 Edition 1

IEC Quantity: 1MRK 511 349-UEN

Communication protocol manual, IEC 61850 Edition 2 IEC Quantity: 1MRK 511 350-UEN

Communication protocol manual, IEC 60870-5-103 IEC Quantity: 1MRK 511 351-UEN

Communication protocol manual, LON IEC Quantity: 1MRK 511 352-UEN

Communication protocol manual, SPA IEC Quantity: 1MRK 511 353-UEN

Communication protocol manual, DNP ANSI Quantity: 1MRK 511 348-UUS

Point list manual, DNP ANSI Quantity 1MRK 511 354-UUS

Operation manual IEC Quantity: 1MRK 500 123-UEN

ANSI Quantity: 1MRK 500 123-UUS

Installation manual IEC Quantity: 1MRK 514 024-UEN

ANSI Quantity: 1MRK 514 024-UUS

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

134 ABB

Page 135: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Engineering manual, 670 series IEC Quantity: 1MRK 511 355-UEN

ANSI Quantity: 1MRK 511 355-UUS

Cyber security guideline IEC Quantity: 1MRK 511 356-UEN

Reference informationM2175-3 v4

For our reference and statistics we would be pleased to be provided with the following application data:

Country: End user:

Station name: Voltage level: kV

Related documentsGUID-94E8A5CA-BE1B-45AF-81E7-5A41D34EE112 v2

Documents related to REL670 Document numbers

Application manual IEC:1MRK 506 353-UENANSI:1MRK 506 353-UUS

Commissioning manual IEC:1MRK 506 355-UENANSI:1MRK 506 355-UUS

Product guide 1MRK 506 356-BEN

Technical manual IEC:1MRK 506 354-UENANSI:1MRK 506 354-UUS

Type test certificate IEC:1MRK 506 356-TENANSI:1MRK 506 356-TUS

670 series manuals Document numbers

Operation manual IEC:1MRK 500 123-UENANSI:1MRK 500 123-UUS

Engineering manual IEC:1MRK 511 355-UENANSI:1MRK 511 355-UUS

Installation manual IEC:1MRK 514 024-UENANSI:1MRK 514 024-UUS

Communication protocol manual,DNP3

1MRK 511 348-UUS

Communication protocol manual,IEC 60870-5-103

1MRK 511 351-UEN

Communication protocol manual,IEC 61850 Edition 1

1MRK 511 349-UEN

Communication protocol manual,IEC 61850 Edition 2

1MRK 511 350-UEN

Communication protocol manual,LON

1MRK 511 352-UEN

Communication protocol manual,SPA

1MRK 511 353-UEN

Point list manual, DNP3 1MRK 511 354-UUS

Accessories guide IEC:1MRK 514 012-BENANSI:1MRK 514 012-BUS

Cyber security deploymentguideline

1MRK 511 356-UEN

Connection and Installationcomponents

1MRK 513 003-BEN

Test system, COMBITEST 1MRK 512 001-BEN

1MRK 506 356-BEN DLine distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product version: 2.1

ABB 135

Page 136: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

136

Page 137: Line distance protection REL670 2.1 IEC Product guide · 1. Application M13636-3 v12 Distance protection with quadrilateral or mho characteristics is available. The full scheme distance

Contact us

For more information please contact:

ABB ABSubstation Automation ProductsSE-721 59 Västerås, SwedenPhone +46 (0) 21 32 50 00

www.abb.com/substationautomation

Note:We reserve the right to make technical changes or modify the contents of this document without prior notice. ABB AB does not accept any responsibility whatsoever for potential errors or possible lack of information in this document. We reserve all rights in this document and in the subject matter and illustrations contained herein. Any reproduction, disclosure to third parties or utilization of its contents – in whole or in part – is forbidden without prior written consent of ABB AB.

© Copyright 2016 ABB.

All rights reserved.

Scan this QR code to visit our website

1MR

K 5

06 3

56-B

EN